10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2013

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 0-50761

 

 

AngioDynamics, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   11-3146460

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
14 Plaza Drive Latham, New York   12110
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (518) 795-1400

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, par value $.01   NASDAQ Global Select Market
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights   NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨

   Accelerated filer  x

Non-accelerated filer  ¨

   Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of November 30, 2012, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $368,627,225, computed by reference to the last sale price of the common stock on that date as reported by The Nasdaq Global Select Market.

As of July 31, 2013, there were 35,062,039 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required for Part III of this annual report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days of registrant’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2013.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

INDEX

 

          Page  
Part I:      
        Item 1.    Business      2  
        Item 1A.    Risk Factors      24  
        Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments      39  
        Item 2.    Properties      39  
        Item 3.    Legal Proceedings      39  
Part II:      
        Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity      42  
        Item 6.    Selected Consolidated Financial Data      44  
        Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      46  
        Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      62  
        Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      63  
        Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      63  
        Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures      63  
        Item 9B.    Other Information      64  
Part III:      
        Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      65  
        Item 11.    Executive Compensation      65  
        Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      65  
        Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      65  
        Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services      65  
Part IV:      
        Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      66  

 

1


Table of Contents

Part I

 

Item 1. Business

(a) General Development of Business

Overview

We design, manufacture and sell a wide range of medical, surgical and diagnostic devices used by professional healthcare providers for vascular access, for the treatment of peripheral vascular disease and for use in oncology and surgical settings. Our devices are generally used in minimally invasive, image-guided procedures. Most of our products are intended to be used once and then discarded, or they may be temporarily implanted for short- or long-term use.

We have been in business since 1988. Our corporate headquarters is located at 14 Plaza Drive, Latham, New York 12110. Our phone number is (518) 795-1400.

Available Information

Our website is www.angiodynamics.com . We make available, free-of-charge through our website, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In addition, our website includes, among other things, charters of various committees of the Board of Directors and our code of business conduct and ethics applicable to all employees, officers and directors. Copies of these documents may be obtained free of charge from our website. Any stockholder also may obtain copies of these documents, free of charge, by sending a request in writing to our investor relations firm: EVC Group, 60 East 42nd Street, Suite 936, New York, NY 10165. Information on our website or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

History

AngioDynamics was founded in 1988 and we completed our initial public offering in 2004, raising net proceeds of approximately $21.7 million at an offering price of $11.00 per share. In 2006 we completed a follow-on offering, raising net proceeds of approximately $61.9 million at a public offering price of $24.07 per share.

Recent Developments

Acquisition of Microsulis Medical Ltd.

On March 22, 2012, we established a strategic relationship with Microsulis Medical Ltd. (“Microsulis”), a U.K.-based company specializing in minimally-invasive, microwave ablation technology for the coagulation of soft tissue.

The relationship included an initial $5 million investment in Microsulis through the purchase of senior preferred stock, representing a 14.3% ownership position, exclusive distribution rights to market and sell their microwave ablation systems in all markets outside the United States from May 2012 through December 2013, and an exclusive option to purchase at any time until September 22, 2013, substantially all of the global assets of Microsulis Medical, Ltd.

On February 1, 2013, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of Microsulis, which we have accounted for as a business combination, for cash payments at closing totaling $10.0 million, subject to a working capital adjustment, a $5.0 million payment due on December 31, 2013 and potential additional cash consideration payable upon performance over the next nine years. We also assumed $1.6 million of liabilities.

 

2


Table of Contents

The total estimated purchase consideration of $33.6 million included the initial investment of $5.0 million, closing payments totaling $10.5 million, a $5.0 million payment due on December 31, 2013 and the estimated fair value of contingent consideration (Earn out) of $13.2 million. The estimated fair value of contingent consideration is based on projected net sales over the nine year period following the closing of the acquisition. The amount of the Earn out consideration that could be paid on net sales is not limited.

The estimated purchase consideration exceeded the fair value of the acquired net assets by $19.3 million and was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. Core technologies are being amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from 10 to 15 years. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2013, we incurred acquisition related costs of $312 thousand, which were expensed to “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. We have not finalized the purchase accounting, which may be adjusted as further information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Acquisition of Vortex Medical Inc.

On October 15, 2012, we acquired all the outstanding capital stock of Vortex Medical, Inc., a privately-held company focused on the development and commercialization of medical devices for venous drainage and the removal of thrombus, or blood clots, from occluded blood vessels. Vortex’s principal product is the AngioVac ® system, which includes the AngioVac Cannula and Circuit. The AngioVac Cannula has a proprietary balloon-actuated, expandable, funnel-shaped distal tip that enhances flow, prevents clogging of the cannula and facilitates en bloc, or whole removal of undesirable intravascular material. Both the AngioVac Cannula and Circuit are FDA-cleared for use during extracorporeal bypass for up to 6 hours. An application for CE Mark approval has been filed.

The total estimated purchase consideration of $75.3 million included an upfront payment of $15.1 million and the estimated fair value of contingent (Earn out) consideration of $60.3 million, $40 million of which is guaranteed. The estimated fair value of contingent consideration is based on projected AngioVac net sales in the ten year period following the closing. The amount of the Earn out consideration that could be paid on AngioVac net sales is not limited.

The estimated purchase consideration exceeded the fair value of the acquired net assets by $29.5 million and was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Core technologies are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of approximately 15 years as revenues are earned from the sales of related products. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2013, we incurred acquisition related costs of $645 thousand, which were expensed to “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. We have not finalized the purchase accounting, which may be adjusted as further information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Acquisition of Navilyst

On May, 22, 2012, we completed the acquisition of privately-held Navilyst, a global medical device company with strengths in the vascular access, interventional radiology and interventional cardiology markets. The acquisition and related transaction costs were financed through the issuance of approximately 9.5 million shares of our common stock, $150 million in drawn acquisition debt financing and $97 million of cash. Based on the closing price of our stock of $12.44 on the day prior to the transaction, the purchase price was approximately $361 million.

The fiscal years ended May 31, 2013 and 2012 included $7.3 and $11.2 million, respectively, in transaction and severance costs related to the Navilyst acquisition. These costs are included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. Investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners, former owners of Navilyst, received approximately 9.4 million shares of our common stock and, as of May 31, 2013, held approximately 27% of our outstanding shares. Investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners entered into a stockholders agreement with us as part of the transaction and also appointed two additional directors to our existing Board of Directors.

 

3


Table of Contents

To satisfy any working capital adjustment and potential indemnification claims that may arise, $19.1 million of purchase consideration was held in escrow at May 31, 2013, including approximately $14.0 million in cash and approximately 415 thousand shares of common stock. The indemnification claims period terminated on July 15, 2013 and the escrow was released. At May 31, 2012, we had $2.5 million of receivable related to the working capital adjustment recorded as escrow receivable on the balance sheet. During the third fiscal quarter of 2013, we received $2.5 million of cash from the escrow fund to satisfy this receivable.

Goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition was $145.2 million. Intangible assets acquired, other than goodwill, totaled approximately $107.1 million, of which $49.4 million has been identified as customer relationships (15-year weighted average useful life), $32.5 million of trademarks (of which $28.6 million has been determined to have an indefinite useful life and the remaining $3.9 million has a 7 year weighted average useful life), $15.1 million of in-process research and development (indefinite useful life until completed) and $10.1 million of technology (6-year weighted average useful life).

The IPR&D assets, which were accounted for as indefinite-lived assets at the time of acquisition, represent the development of a biomedical polymer additive for use in PICC and other vascular access product lines and a power injectable port which are valued at $12.1 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The biomedical polymer additive product recently received regulatory approval and the product was released in the United States in October 2012 and is being amortized over a 10 year useful life. The power injectable port is expected to be released in the United States in fiscal 2014, subject to regulatory approvals. The fair value of these intangible assets was determined based upon the present value of expected future cash flows adjusted for the probability of technological and commercial risk, utilizing a risk-adjusted discount rate.

Discontinuance of Benephit Product Offering

During the third fiscal quarter of 2013, we made the decision to discontinue our Benephit product offering. Accordingly, we recorded $1.6 million of expenses during the year ended May 31, 2013. These costs are included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations.

Closure of UK facility

During the first fiscal quarter of 2012, we made the decision to close our Cambridge, UK facility and transfer the production of lasers to our Queensbury, NY facility. We completed the transfer in January 2013. The total cost of this project was approximately $4.3 million. The statement of operations for the year ended May 31, 2013 included charges of $2.5 million for costs incurred associated with this closure and included $1.8 million for fiscal 2012. The charge is included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations.

Regulatory Matters

On May 27, 2011, we received a Warning Letter from FDA in connection with its inspection of our Queensbury, NY manufacturing facility. In the Warning Letter, FDA cited deficiencies in the response letter we provided FDA pertaining to the inspection that occurred from January 4 to January 13, 2011. The deficiencies related to our internal procedures for medical device reporting, corrections and removals and complaint handling. We responded to the Warning Letter and completed corrective and preventive actions to address the observations noted.

In December 2011, we initiated a comprehensive Quality Call to Action Program to review and augment our Quality Management Systems at our Queensbury facility. To accelerate implementation of the program, we engaged a team of external regulatory and quality experts and reallocated a significant number of engineering and product development resources to support this corporate initiative. From inception of the Quality Call to Action Program through fiscal 2013, we have incurred $3.2 million in direct costs associated with the program.

 

4


Table of Contents

On February 10, 2012, we received from FDA a Form 483, List of Investigational Observations, in connection with its inspection of our Queensbury facility from November 14, 2011 to February 10, 2012. The Form 483 contained 12 observations related to, among other things, our CAPA (Corrective and Preventive Action) system, MDR (Medical Device Reporting), complaint investigation, corrections and removals, acceptance criteria and training. Some of the observations contained in the Form 483 were repeat observations from the May 27, 2011 Warning Letter.

On February 13, 2012, we received from FDA a Form 483 in connection with its inspection of our Fremont facility from January 12, 2012 to February 13, 2012. The Form 483 contained six observations related to, among other things, our CAPA system, design controls, risk management and training. We provided responses to FDA within 15 business days of our receipt of the Form 483s.

On September 24, 2012, we received from FDA a Form 483 in connection with its subsequent inspection of our Queensbury, NY facility from September 6 to September 14, and September 19 to September 24. This re-inspection followed our response to the original Form 483 issued by FDA on February 13, 2012. The Form 483 contained 5 observations related to 510(k) decisions, complaint investigations, acceptance criteria, corrective and preventive actions and training. All but one of the observations in the Form 483 related to events that occurred before the date that we had indicated to FDA in our previous responses that our corrective and remediation activities related to our Quality Call to Action would be completed. We provided responses to FDA within 15 business days of our receipt of the Form 483.

On November 28, 2012, FDA completed an inspection of our Manchester, GA facility and no Form 483 observations were issued.

In June 2013, we received approval from FDA to conduct a clinical trial to study the use of the NanoKnife in the treatment of focal prostate cancer. We are moving forward with institutional review board (IRB) submissions and anticipate commencing patient enrollment during our second quarter of fiscal 2014, which ends November 30, 2013.

We will continue to work closely with FDA to resolve any outstanding issues. Unless the items raised in the previously disclosed Warning Letters and Form 483s are corrected to FDA’s satisfaction or we come to some other arrangement with FDA finally resolving such matters, we may be subject to additional regulatory or legal action, including the issuance of warning letters, injunction, seizure or recall of products, imposition of fines or penalties or operating restrictions on our facilities. Such actions could significantly disrupt our ongoing business and operations and have a material adverse impact on our financial position and operating results.

(b) Narrative Description of Business

General

Effective June 1, 2012, we consider our business to be a single segment entity – the development, manufacture and sale on a global basis of medical devices for vascular access, surgery, peripheral vascular disease and oncology. Our chief operating decision maker (CEO) evaluates the various global product portfolios on a net sales basis. Executives reporting in to the CEO include those responsible for operations and supply chain management, research and development, sales, franchise marketing and certain corporate functions. The CEO evaluates profitability, investment and cash flow metrics on a consolidated worldwide basis due to shared infrastructure and resources. Prior to fiscal year 2013, our business was organized as two segments: Vascular and Oncology/Surgery, each under the direction of a general manager with direct responsibility for all sales, marketing and product development activities.

Our principal competitive advantages are our dedicated market focus, established brands and innovative products. We believe our dedicated focus enhances patient care and engenders loyalty among our customers. As a provider of interventional devices for over two decades, we believe we have established AngioDynamics’

 

5


Table of Contents

brands as premium performance products. We collaborate frequently with leading interventional physicians in developing our products and rely on these relationships to further support our brands.

In January 2007, we completed the acquisition of RITA Medical Systems, Inc., or RITA, which established our position, we believe, as the only company focused on minimally-invasive treatments for cancer patients with an emphasis on the growing segment of interventional oncology. The acquisition created a diversified medical technology company with a broad line of access, diagnostic and therapeutic products that enable interventional physicians and surgeons to treat vascular disease and cancerous tumors. Interventional oncology continues to be a large and growing market. In addition, in May 2008 we acquired the Nanoknife ablation system which is complementary to our diverse offering of local oncology therapies, including market-leading RFA systems and Habib Sealer resection devices. In June 2008, we completed the acquisition of certain U.S. and U.K. assets of Diomed, Inc. With this acquisition, we substantially strengthened our position in the market for the treatment of varicose veins. The combination of endovenous laser products with our existing venous product line provides us with a comprehensive venous product offering. In May 2012, we completed the acquisition of Navilyst, providing us with entry into the fluid management business with a market leading product line and significantly enhancing our presence in the vascular access market. On October 15, 2012, we acquired all the outstanding capital stock of Vortex Medical, Inc., a privately-held company focused on the development and commercialization of medical devices for venous drainage and the removal of thrombus, or blood clots, from occluded blood vessels. On March 22, 2012, we established a strategic relationship with, and on February 1, 2013, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of, Microsulis Medical Ltd., a U.K. based company specializing in minimally-invasive microwave ablation technology.

We sell our broad line of quality devices in the United States through a direct sales force and internationally through a combination of direct sales and distributor relationships. We support our customers and sales organization with a marketing staff that includes product managers, customer service representatives and other marketing specialists. Our dedicated sales force, growing portfolio of products and acquisitions have contributed to our strong sales growth.

Products

Our product offerings fall within two product groupings: Vascular and Oncology/Surgery.

All products discussed below have been cleared for sale in the United States by the FDA.

Patents, trademarks and other proprietary rights are very important to our business. We also rely upon trade secrets, manufacturing know-how, technological innovations and licensing opportunities to maintain and improve our competitive position. We regularly monitor and review third-party proprietary rights, including patents and patent applications, as available, to aid in the development of our intellectual property strategy, avoid infringement of third-party proprietary rights, and identify licensing opportunities.

We hold more than 450 patents and have approximately 285 patent applications pending in the United States and in certain other countries that relate to aspects of the technology used in many of our products. We do not consider our business to be materially dependent upon any individual patent.

Most of our products are sold under the AngioDynamics trade name or trademark. Additionally, most of our products are also sold under product trademarks and/or registered product trademarks owned by AngioDynamics, Inc., or an affiliate or subsidiary.

This annual report on Form 10-K also contains trademarks of companies other than AngioDynamics.

VASCULAR

The Vascular Division manages our Fluid Management, Venous, AngioVac, Angiographic, PTA, Drainage, Thrombolytic, Micro Access Kits, Dialysis, PICC and Port product lines.

 

6


Table of Contents

Fluid Management

As part of the Navilyst acquisition, our product offering now includes the NAMIC® Fluid Management portfolio. Since 1969, the NAMIC product line has been the leader in providing clinicians high quality, dependable devices that help in the diagnosis and treatment of Cardiovascular and Peripheral Vascular disease. The NAMIC product line includes an extensive offering of manifolds, contrast management systems, closed fluid systems, guidewires, disposable transducers and interventional accessories. These devices are utilized together and allow clinicians to aspirate or inject contrast, saline, remove waste and monitor invasive blood pressures throughout the procedure.

We manufacture Convenience kits for customers, which incorporate the NAMIC devices they need for their procedures.

 

   

NAMIC Squeeze Contrast Controller® – Designed to help labs minimize the amount of contrast wasted, the Squeeze Contrast Controller contrast management system contains two one-way check valves that prevent cross contamination of the contrast source, flexible chamber and unique green ball fluid level indicator.

 

   

Perceptor® Manifold and Compensator™ Manifold – Provides clinicians a manifold with an integral transducer and allows for single operator re-zeroing during the procedure, in the sterile field. The Perceptor Manifold must remain at heart level during pressure readings, while the Compensator utilizes a compensating line, which allows the user to move the manifold during pressure readings.

 

   

Protection Station® and Protection Station® Plus – Provides clinicians an OSHA-compliant closed system that helps minimize exposure to blood borne pathogens and simplifies set up and clean up during a procedure.

 

   

Saver-7™ and Acceler-8™ Angiographic Control Syringes – NEW 7 mL and 8 mL Angiographic Control syringes that provide clinicians a small barrel designed to require less force during injection of contrast through a 4F Catheter and to provide smoother aspiration and injection.

Venous Products

An important part of our focus on the peripheral vascular disease market is the treatment of varicose veins. With an estimated one-half of all Americans older than age 50 suffering from varicose veins, the market for this treatment is large and growing.

Our venous products consist of our VenaCure EVLT® laser system and Sotradecol®.

Our VenaCure EVLT laser system products are used in endovascular laser procedures to treat superficial venous disease (varicose veins). Superficial venous disease is a malfunction of one or more valves in the leg veins whereby blood refluxes or does not return to the heart. These procedures are a less invasive alternative to vein stripping for the treatment of this condition. Vein stripping is a lengthy, painful and traumatic surgical procedure that involves significant patient recovery time. In contrast, venous laser treatment is an outpatient procedure that generally allows the patient to quickly return to normal activities with minimal post-operative pain.

With our VenaCure EVLT laser system, laser energy is used to stop the reflux by ablating, or collapsing and destroying, the affected vein. The body subsequently re-routes the blood to other healthy veins. Our products are sold as a system that includes diode laser hardware with our family of disposable laser fiber components, training and marketing materials. The disposable components in the system include a laser fiber system featuring our NeverTouch® gold-tip technology, an access sheath, access wires and needles. The procedure kits come in a variety of lengths and configurations to accommodate varied patient anatomies. In fiscal 2011, we expanded our VenaCure EVLT portfolio by launching a new laser with a 1470 nanometer wavelength. This wavelength allows customers to more efficiently heat the vein wall using lower power settings thereby reducing the risk of collateral damage.

 

7


Table of Contents

Sotradecol® (sodium tetradecyl sulfate injection) is a sclerosing drug that is approved by the FDA. We introduced it in November 2005 and it has been shown to be an effective treatment of small, uncomplicated varicose veins of the lower extremities that show simple dilation with competent valves. The benefit-to-risk ratio should be considered in selected patients who are great surgical risks.

AngioVac

One of our relatively newly released products is our AngioVac venous drainage system which includes a Venous Drainage Cannula and Cardiopulmonary Bypass Circuit. The cannula is intended for use as a venous drainage cannula during extracorporeal bypass for up to six hours. The cardiopulmonary bypass circuit is intended for use in procedures requiring extracorporeal circulatory support for periods of up to six hours.

The AngioVac devices are for use with other manufacturer’s off-the-shelf pump, filter, and reinfusion cannula, to facilitate venous drainage as part of a extracorporeal bypass procedure for up to six hours.

The AngioVac venous drainage cannula is a 22Fcoil-reinforced cannula designed with a balloon actuated, expandable funnel shaped distal tip. The proprietary funnel shaped tip enhances venous drainage flow when the balloon is inflated, prevents clogging of the cannula with commonly encountered undesirable intravascular material, and facilitates en bloc removal of such extraneous material.

Angiographic Products and Accessories

Angiographic products and accessories are used during virtually every peripheral vascular interventional procedure. These products permit interventional physicians to reach targeted locations within the vascular system to deliver contrast media for visualization purposes and therapeutic agents and devices, such as PTA balloons. Angiographic products consist primarily of angiographic catheters, but also include entry needles and guidewires specifically designed for peripheral interventions and fluid management products.

We manufacture angiographic catheters and guidewires that are available in more than 500 tip configurations and lengths.

 

   

Soft-Vu® .. Our proprietary Soft-Vu angiographic catheter technology incorporates a soft, atraumatic tip that is easily visualized under fluoroscopy.

 

   

AngiOptic™ . The AngiOptic catheter line is distinguished from other catheters because the entire instrument is highly visible under fluoroscopy.

 

   

Accu-Vu® .. The Accu-Vu angiographic catheter is a highly visible, accurate sizing catheter used to determine the length and diameter of a vessel for endovascular procedures. Accu-Vu provides a soft, highly radiopaque tip with a choice of platinum radiopaque marker patterns along the shaft for enhanced visibility and accuracy.

 

   

Mariner™ . The Mariner catheter is a hydrophilic-coated angiographic catheter. It uses our patented Soft-Vu catheter technology to deliver contrast media to anatomy that is difficult to reach. The advanced hydrophilic coating technology significantly reduces catheter surface friction, providing smoother navigation through challenging vasculature with optimal handling and control.

 

   

AQUA Liner® .. The AQUA Liner guidewire is a technologically advanced guidewire. It is used to provide access to difficult-to-reach locations in interventional procedures requiring a highly lubricious wire. The AQUA Liner guidewire incorporates proprietary advanced coating technology that allows frictionless navigation.

Drainage Products

Drainage products percutaneously drain abscesses and other fluid pockets. An abscess is a tender inflamed mass that typically must be drained by a physician.

 

8


Table of Contents

Our line of drainage products, The Total Abscession® Family of Drainage Catheters, consists of our Total Abscession General, Biliary, and Nephrostomy drainage catheters. These products feature our proprietary soft shaft with Blue Silk™ finish for a more comfortable patient fit. The kink-resistant shaft recovers rapidly, even if severely bent, knotted, or twisted. This is particularly beneficial when patients roll over and risk a potential kinking of the catheter during sleep. The thermal molded tip allows for less buckling and kinking upon insertion. Also important is that the shaft diameter equals the inner diameter of the catheter hub to maximize flow. Our Total Abscession drainage catheters feature a tamper-resistant locking mechanism called the Vault® which securely fixes the pigtail and prevents tampering or accidental removal. This locking mechanism helps to prevent the drain from becoming unlocked during routine use, thus reducing a physician’s time by avoiding a possible “redo” case, and increasing patient satisfaction by not having to repeat the procedure. The Total Abscession catheter permits aspiration in the locked or unlocked position thus allowing more accurate placement and greater versatility for draining complex situations.

Thrombolytic Products

Thrombolytic catheters are used to deliver thrombolytic agents, which are drugs that dissolve blood clots in hemodialysis access grafts, arteries, veins and surgical bypass grafts. Our thrombolytic catheters include:

 

   

Pulse*Spray® Infusion Catheters and Uni*Fuse thrombolytic catheters. Our Pulse*Spray and Uni*Fuse catheters improve the delivery of thrombolytic agents by providing a controlled, forceful and uniform dispersion. Patented slits on the infusion catheter operate like tiny valves for an even distribution of thrombolytic agents. These slits reduce the amount of thrombolytic agents required and the time necessary for these procedures, resulting in cost savings and improved patient safety.

 

   

SpeedLyser® . Our SpeedLyser thrombolytic catheter is used to deliver thrombolytic agents into obstructed dialysis grafts. This catheter features Pulse*Spray slit technology that simplifies catheter insertion and drug delivery.

Micro Access

Our micro access sets provide interventional physicians a smaller introducer system for minimally-invasive procedures. Our Micro Access product line provides physicians with the means to build a custom set from the wide selection of configurations available, including four wires in two different lengths, seven needle options and three sheath dilator options.

Image-Guided Vascular Access

Image-guided vascular access, or IGVA, involves the use of advanced imaging equipment to guide the placement of catheters that deliver primarily short-term drug therapies, such as chemotherapeutic agents and antibiotics, into the central venous system. Delivery to the circulatory system allows drugs to mix with a large volume of blood as compared to intravenous drug delivery into a superficial vessel. IGVA procedures include the placement of peripherally inserted central catheter, or PICC lines, implantable ports and central venous catheters, or CVCs.

PICC Products

Our PICC products include:

 

   

BioFlo® PICC: BioFlo is the only power injectable PICC available that incorporates Endexo Technology into the manufacturing and design of the catheter. Endexo is a fluorine based additive that creates a non-eluting (permanent), non-heparin based catheter material that is designed to reduce thrombus accumulation and platelet adhesion to all surfaces of the catheter. BioFlo’s long-term durability and efficacy is intended to provide clinicians a high degree of safety and confidence in providing better patient care and improved patient outcomes. Advanced features such as large lumen

 

9


Table of Contents
 

diameters allow the BioFlo® PICC to deliver the power injection flow rates required for contrast-enhanced CTs compatible with up to 325 psi CT injections.

 

   

BioFlo® PICC with PASV® Valve Technology: The only power injectable PICC to combine Endexo Technology with PASV® Valve Technology. The PASV® Valve Technology is designed to automatically resist backflow and reduce blood reflux that could lead to catheter-related complications.

 

   

BioFlo® PICC Hybrid with PASV Valve Technology: The BioFlo® Hybrid PICC is the first and only triple lumen PICC with two valved lumens incorporating Endexo Technology and our proprietary PASV Valve Technology with a dedicated non-valved lumen for precise CVP monitoring. With this innovative design, we now have a durable, non-eluting catheter that reduces thrombus accumulation and provides the benefits of two catheters in one.

 

   

Xcela PICC with PASV Valve Technology: The Xcela® PICC with PASV® Valve Technology is designed to provide a high degree of safety, ease and confidence in patient care. Advanced features such as large lumen diameters allow the Xcela® PICC with PASV® Valve Technology to deliver the power injection flow rates required for contrast-enhanced CTs compatible with up to 325 psi CT injections. The PASV® Valve Technology design automatically resists backflow, reducing blood reflux that could lead to catheter-related complications.

 

   

Xcela Power Injectible PICC. The Xcela Power Injectable PICC, with fundamental PICC requirements as its foundation, is also designed to deliver flow rates required for successful contrast-enhanced CTs. Advanced features such as large lumen diameters, reverse tapered catheter body and radiopacity are designed to augment catheter performance, from catheter placement to care and maintenance.

 

   

Xcela PICC Hybrid with PASV Valve Technology. The Xcela Hybrid PICC has two valved lumens incorporating our proprietary PASV Valve Technology and a dedicated non-valved lumen for precise CVP monitoring.

 

   

Morpheus® CT PICC and Morpheus® CT PICC Insertion Kit. In May 2006, we introduced our insertion kit, which allows our Morpheus CT PICC to be inserted at a patient’s bedside instead of in the hospital radiology suite. The kit was specifically designed for interventional radiologists, nurse practitioners, physician assistants and radiology technicians who perform placement of PICC lines. These PICC lines provide short or long-term peripheral access to the central venous system for intravenous therapy and blood sampling. These products are intended for use with CT injectors, allowing physicians to use the existing PICC for both medications and CT imaging, thus avoiding the need for an additional access site.

 

   

Morpheus® Smart PICC. The Morpheus Triple Lumen Smart PICC, the next evolution of our Morpheus CT PICC line, gives practitioners the increased flexibility to both administer medications and perform power injections of contrast media for CT imaging using one PICC line. The Morpheus Smart PICC features Smart Taper™ technology to improve blood flow and reduce the risk of thrombosis while reducing leakage around the insertion site.

Port Products

Ports are implantable devices utilized for the central venous administration of a variety of medical therapies and for blood sampling and diagnostic purposes. Central venous access facilitates a more systemic delivery of treatment agents, while mitigating certain harsh side effects of certain treatment protocols and eliminating the need for repeated access to peripheral veins. Depending upon needle gauge size and the port size, a port can be utilized for up to approximately 2,000 accesses once implanted in the body. Our ports are used primarily in systemic or regional short and long-term cancer treatment protocols that require frequent infusions of highly concentrated or toxic medications (such as chemotherapy agents, antibiotics or analgesics) and frequent blood samplings.

 

10


Table of Contents

Our port products and accessories include:

 

   

Vortex® .. Our Vortex port technology line of ports is a clear-flow port technology that, we believe, revolutionized port design. With its rounded chamber, the Vortex port is designed to have no sludge-harboring corners or dead spaces. This product line consists of the following titanium, plastic and dual-lumen offerings within its family of products: (i) Vortex VX; (ii) Vortex TR; (iii) Vortex LP; and (iv) Vortex MP.

 

   

SmartPort® .. The Smart Port power-injectable port with Vortex technology offers the ability for a clinician to access a vein for both the delivery of medications or fluids and for administering power-injected contrast to perform a Computed Tomography (CT) scan. The ability to access a port for power-injected contrast studies eliminates the need for additional needle sticks in the patient’s arm and wrist veins. Once implanted, repeated access to the bloodstream can be accomplished with greater ease and less discomfort. Our Smart Port is now available in mini and low-profiles to accommodate more patient anatomies.

 

   

Vaxcel® Implantable Ports. Vaxcel® Implantable Ports are available in a choice of port design: titanium or polysulfone port body material; silicone or polyurethane thin wall catheter construction. An option of Mini and Standard Port body designs provides an excellent match to varying clinical requirements.

 

   

Xcela® Power Injectible Ports. Our Xcela® Power Injectable Ports offer choices in port size, design and material to best suit a wide variety of patient needs.

 

   

Plastic—Light weight for patient comfort and provides radiolucence for improved imaging.

 

   

Hybrid of Plastic and Titanium—Combines the light weight and radiolucence of plastic with the durability of titanium.

 

   

Standard Titanium—Offers a small footprint without compromising septum size for ease of access.

 

   

Low Profile Titanium—Offers the smallest footprint, providing increased patient comfort and options for placement.

 

   

Dual Lumen Plastic—Designed to deliver supportive therapies.

 

   

Vaxcel® Implantaable Ports with PASV® Valve Technology. The Vaxcel® Port with PASV® Valve has shown demonstrated results in clinical and economic outcomes. Ports with PASV® Valve Technology have shown significant reductions in inadequate blood draws and occlusion in clinical studies. The PASV® Valve is a proximally located valve in the port body, designed to automatically close after infusion, disconnection or aspiration, and remain closed during normal pressure. An advantage of the PASV® Valve Technology is a proximally located, direction-specific valve that is designed to resist backflow and maintain patency between uses.

 

   

LifeGuard™ . The LifeGuard Safety Infusion Set and The LifeGuard Vision are used to infuse our ports and complement our port and vascular access catheters. The needles’ low profile design is intended to allow clinicians to easily dress the site.

Dialysis Products

We market a complete line of dialysis products that provide short and long-term vascular access for dialysis patients. Dialysis, or cleaning of the blood, is necessary in conditions such as acute renal failure, chronic renal failure and end-stage renal disease (ESRD).

We currently offer a wide variety of dialysis catheters, including:

 

   

DuraMax® . The DuraMax catheter is a stepped-tip catheter designed to improve ease of use, dialysis efficiency and overall patient outcomes.

 

11


Table of Contents
   

Schon™ . The Schon chronic dialysis catheter is designed to be self-retaining, deliver high flow rates and provide patient comfort. The Schon catheter is for long-term use.

 

   

Evenmore® .. The Evenmore chronic dialysis catheter is a low-profile, end-hole catheter designed to provide very efficient dialysis. It was designed for long-term use with our proprietary Durathane® shaft, which offers high resistance to chemicals used to clean the insertion site.

 

   

Vaxcel® Plus. The tapered Carbothane® Material Catheter Extrusion of Vaxcel® Plus Dialysis Catheter is an alcohol-resistant material designed to provide biocompatibility, durability, flexibility and ease of care. It is designed to facilitate placement, improve kink resistance and reduce the need for catheter manipulation and replacement.

 

   

Dura-Flow 2™ . The Dura-Flow 2 chronic dialysis catheter is designed to be durable, maximize flow rates and provide for easier care and site maintenance. The Dura-Flow chronic dialysis catheter is for long-term use.

 

   

SCHON XL® .. The SCHON XL acute dialysis catheter is designed to be kink resistant, deliver high flow rates, offer versatile positioning and provide patient comfort. SCHON XL is for short-term use.

ONCOLOGY/SURGERY

Our Oncology/Surgery Division includes our Radiofrequency Ablation (RFA) and NanoKnife product lines. This division also includes the microwave ablation technology products obtained through the acquisition of Microsulis Medical Ltd.

Radiofrequency Ablation Products

Radiofrequency Ablation (RFA) products use radiofrequency energy to provide a minimally invasive approach to ablating solid cancerous or benign tumors. Our system delivers radiofrequency energy to raise the temperature of cells above 45-50°C, causing cellular death.

The physician inserts the disposable needle electrode device into the targeted body tissue, typically under ultrasound, computed tomography or magnetic resonance imaging guidance. Once the device is inserted, pushing on the handle of the device causes a group of curved wires to be deployed from the tip of the electrode. When the power is turned on, these wires deliver radiofrequency energy throughout the tumor. In addition, temperature sensors on the tips of the wires measure tissue temperature throughout the procedure.

During the procedure, our system automatically adjusts the amount of energy delivered in order to maintain the temperature necessary to ablate the targeted tissue. For a typical 5cm ablation using our StarBurst ® Xli-enhanced disposable device, the ablation process takes approximately ten minutes. When the ablation is complete, pulling back on the handle of the device causes the curved wire array to be retracted into the device so it can be removed from the body.

The RFA system consists of a radiofrequency generator and a family of disposable devices. We also market the Habib ® 4X ® resection device under a distribution agreement with EMcision Limited. In addition to the intra-operative (open surgery) device Habib 4X, AngioDynamics markets a minimally-invasive version of the Habib 4X device, a Laparoscopic 4X unit, which is used in minimally invasive laparoscopic surgery (MILS) procedures in surgical specialties such as: Hepato-Biliary, GI, Surgical Oncology, Transplant Surgery and

 

12


Table of Contents

Urology (Partial Nephrectomy Resections). It is clinically indicated to assist in coagulation of tissue during intraoperative and laparoscopic procedures.

 

    

Product Name

  

Description

Disposable Electrodes:

   StarBurst®    Creates a scalable 2-3cm ablation.
   StarBurst XL    Creates a scalable 3-5cm ablation.
   StarBurst Semi-Flex    Creates a scalable 3-5cm ablation and has a partially flexible shaft.
   StarBurst SDE    Creates a 2cm ablation, via a side-deployed array
   StarBurst MRI    Creates a 3-5 cm ablation and is compatible with MRI.
   StarBurst Xli-enhanced    Creates a scalable 4-7cm ablation. Requires an accessory infusion pump for irrigation of saline. Attached tubing standard.
   StarBurst Xli-enhanced Semi-Flex    Creates a scalable 4-7cm ablation. A portion of the shaft is flexible and can bend up to 90 degrees in all directions. Requires an accessory infusion pump for irrigation of saline. Attached tubing standard.
   StarBurst Talon: Straight    Creates a scalable 1-4cm ablation. Requires an accessory infusion pump for irrigation of saline.
  

StarBurst Talon:

Semi-Flex

   Creates a scalable 1-4cm ablation. Requires an accessory infusion pump for irrigation of saline. A portion of the shaft is flexible and can bend up to 90 degrees in all directions.

Resection Device:

   Habib® 4X    Surgical resection device.

Generators:

   Model 1500X RF Generator    250 Watt Capable Generator with Field-Software Upgradeability.

NanoKnife® Ablation System Products

The NanoKnife® Ablation System is for the surgical ablation of soft tissue. The NanoKnife Ablation System utilizes low energy direct current electrical pulses to permanently open pores in target cell membranes. These permanent pores or nano-scale defects in the cell membranes result in cell death. The treated tissue is then removed by the body’s natural processes in a matter of weeks, mimicking natural cell death. Unlike other ablation technologies, NanoKnife Ablation System does not achieve tissue ablation using thermal energy.

The Nanoknife Ablation System consists of two major components: a Low Energy Direct Current, or LEDC Generator and needle-like electrode probes. Up to six (6) electrode probes can be placed into or around the targeted soft tissue. Once the probes are in place, the user enters the appropriate parameters for voltage, number of pulses, interval between pulses, and the pulse length into the generator user interface. The generator then delivers a series of short electric pulses between each electrode probe. The energy delivery is hyperechoic and can be monitored under real-time ultrasound.

Microwave Ablation Products

The Acculis Microwave Tissue Ablation (MTA) System complements the full range of ablative technologies we offer. When configured for use with the Accu2i pMTA Applicators, it includes the Sulis VpMTA Generator, optional MTA Temperature Probes, Acculis Local Control Station (LCS) and Accu2i pMTA Applicators. Designed for physicians trained in image-guided ablation procedures, intraoperative ultrasound and/or CT guided needle placement, the system is used for thermal coagulation of soft tissue. By utilizing 2.45 Ghz of microwave energy, the Acculis MTA System can complete ablations up to 5 cm in six minutes with a single applicator. Applicators are available in 14 cm, 19 cm and 29 cm lengths, offering flexibility in selecting the appropriate length for the procedure. Additionally, an antenna transmits energy directly to the targeted tissue, eliminating the need for electrosurgical grounding pads, while the single, simple to place insertion applicator eliminates the need to deploy an active array.

 

13


Table of Contents

Research & Development

Our growth depends in large part on the continuous introduction of new and innovative products, together with ongoing enhancements to our existing products, through internal product development, technology licensing and strategic alliances. We recognize the importance of, and intend to continue to make investments in, research and development. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, our research and development (“R&D”) expenditures were $26.3 million, $20.5 million and $21.4 million, respectively, and constituted 7.7 %, 9.2% and 9.9%, respectively, of net sales. R&D expenses include costs to develop new products, enhance existing products, validate new and enhanced products, manage clinical, regulatory and medical affairs and our intellectual property.

Our research and product development teams work closely with our sales force to incorporate customer feedback into our development and design process. We believe that we have a reputation among interventional physicians as a strong partner for product development because of our tradition of close physician collaboration, dedicated market focus, responsiveness and execution capabilities for product development and commercialization.

Our primary R&D facility is located in Marlborugh, MA in approximately 31,000 square feet of leased space.

Competition

We encounter significant competition across our product lines and in each market in which our products are sold. These markets are characterized by rapid change resulting from technological advances and scientific discoveries. We face competitors ranging from large manufacturers with multiple business lines to small manufacturers that offer a limited selection of products.

In addition, we compete with providers of other medical therapies, such as pharmaceutical companies, that may offer non-surgical therapies for conditions that currently, or in the future, may be treated using our products. Our primary device competitors include: Boston Scientific Corporation; Cook Medical; Cordis Corporation, a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson, Inc.; C.R. Bard; Medical Components, Inc., or Medcomp; Arrow International, a subsidiary of TeleFlex Medical; Smith’s Medical, a subsidiary of Smiths Group plc; Vascular Solutions; Covidien subsidiaries (Kendall, VNUS, EV3) and Merit Medical.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technological, research and development, regulatory, marketing, sales and personnel resources than we do. Competitors may also have greater experience in developing products, obtaining regulatory approvals, and manufacturing and marketing such products. Additionally, competitors may obtain patent protection or regulatory approval or clearance, or achieve product commercialization before us, any of which could materially adversely affect us.

We believe that our products compete primarily on the basis of their quality, clinical outcomes, ease of use, reliability, physician familiarity and cost-effectiveness. Generally, our products are sold at higher prices than those of our competitors. In the current environment of managed care, which is characterized by economically motivated buyers, consolidation among health care providers, increased competition and declining reimbursement rates, we have been increasingly required to compete on the basis of price. We believe that our continued competitive success will depend upon our ability to develop or acquire scientifically advanced technology, apply our technology cost-effectively across product lines and markets, develop or acquire proprietary products, attract and retain skilled development personnel, obtain patent or other protection for our products, obtain required regulatory and reimbursement approvals, manufacture and successfully market our products either directly or through outside parties and maintain sufficient inventory to meet customer demand.

Sales and Marketing

We focus our sales and marketing efforts on interventional radiologists, interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons, urologists and interventional and surgical oncologists. There are more than 5,000 interventional radiologists, 5,000 interventional cardiologists, 2,000 vascular surgeons, 9,000 urologists and 2,000 interventional and surgical oncologists in the United States.

 

14


Table of Contents

Backlog

Historically, we ship 95% of products within 48 hours of receipt of the orders, and accordingly our backlog is not significant.

Manufacturing

We manufacture certain proprietary components and products and assemble, inspect, test and package our finished products. By designing and manufacturing many of our products from raw materials, and assembling and testing our subassemblies and products, we believe that we are able to maintain better quality control, ensure compliance with applicable regulatory standards and our internal specifications, and limit outside access to our proprietary technology. We have custom-designed proprietary manufacturing and processing equipment and have developed proprietary enhancements for existing production machinery.

Raw materials and sub-assemblies used in the manufacture of our products are purchased from a large number of suppliers in diverse geographic locations. Changes in economic conditions and related risks in materials, particularly metals and plastic resins, can have a significant impact on access, availability and total cost of producing certain products. Fluctuations in margins may be experienced if these costs cannot be effectively mitigated through or captured in the price of the products.

Many of our products are manufactured at single locations, and the availability of alternate facilities is limited based on factors including but not limited to: quality, supply-chain risk, lead-times and overall cost-effectiveness. If an event occurs that results in damage to one or more of our facilities, we may not be able to timely manufacture the relevant products at previous levels or at all. Similarly, if we experience delays or cancellations in shipments of raw materials by our suppliers, we may not be able to timely manufacture the affected products at previous levels or at all. Furthermore, in the event of a disruption in our supply of certain components or materials, the increasing requirements of the FDA and other regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of our products, could delay or otherwise impair our ability to establish additional or replacement sources for these components or materials on a timely basis. A reduction or interruption in manufacturing, or our inability to secure suitable alternative sources of raw materials or components, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We own or lease 4 primary manufacturing properties providing capabilities which include manufacturing, service, engineering and research, distribution warehouses and offices. These facilities are registered with the FDA and have been certified to ISO 13485 standards, as well as the CMD/CAS Canadian Medical Device Regulations. ISO 13485 is a quality system standard that satisfies European Union regulatory requirements, thus allowing us to market and sell our products in European Union countries. If we were to lose this certification, we would no longer be able to sell our products in these countries until we made the necessary corrections to our operations or satisfactorily completed an alternate European Union approval route that did not rely on compliance with quality system standards. Our manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by regulatory authorities to ensure compliance with domestic and non-U.S. regulatory requirements. See “Government Regulation” section of this report for additional information. We believe that the properties are maintained in good operating condition and are suitable for their intended use. These sites are as follows:

 

Manufacturing

Location

   Approx.
Sq. Ft.
     Property
Type
 

Glens Falls, NY

     189,000         Owned   

Queensbury, NY

     129,000         Owned   

Manchester, GA

     60,000         Leased   

Denmead, U.K.

     7,500         Leased   

 

15


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

As of May 31, 2013, we owned or had exclusive licenses to 180 U.S. utility patents, 110 pending U.S. utility applications, and 137 foreign issued and pending utility patents. We also own 50 U.S. registered trademarks and 38 common law trademarks. There are currently 42 registered international trademarks and 7 pending international trademarks.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, patent positions of medical device companies, including our company, are uncertain and involve complex and evolving legal and factual questions. The coverage sought in a patent application can be denied or significantly reduced either before or after the patent is issued. Consequently, there can be no assurance that any of our pending patent applications will result in an issued patent. There is also no assurance that any existing or future patent will provide significant protection or commercial advantage, or whether any existing or future patent will be circumvented by a more basic patent, thus requiring us to obtain a license to produce and sell the product. Generally, patent applications can be maintained in secrecy for at least 18 months after their earliest priority date. In addition, publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lags behind actual discoveries. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to invent the subject matter covered by each of our pending U.S. patent applications or that we were the first to file non-U.S. patent applications for such subject matter.

If a third party files a patent application relating to an invention claimed in our patent application, we may be required to participate in an interference proceeding declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office to determine who owns the patent. Such proceeding could involve substantial uncertainties and cost, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us. There can be no assurance that our patents, if issued, would be upheld as valid in court.

Third parties may claim that our products infringe on their patents and other intellectual property rights. Some companies in the medical device industry have used intellectual property infringement litigation to gain a competitive advantage. If a competitor were to challenge our patents, licenses or other intellectual property rights, or assert that our products infringe its patent or other intellectual property rights, we could incur substantial litigation costs, be forced to make expensive changes to our product designs, license rights in order to continue manufacturing and selling our products, or pay substantial damages. Third-party infringement claims, regardless of their outcome, would not only consume our financial resources but also divert our management’s time and effort. Such claims could also cause our customers or potential customers to defer or limit their purchase or use of the affected products until resolution of the claim.

See Item 3 of this report for additional details on litigation regarding proprietary technology.

We rely on trade secret protection for certain unpatented aspects of our proprietary technology. There can be no assurance that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire substantially equivalent proprietary information or techniques, that others will not gain access to our proprietary technology or disclose such technology, or that we can meaningfully protect our trade secrets. We have a policy of requiring key employees and consultants to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of an employment or consulting relationship with us. Our confidentiality agreements also require our employees to assign to us all rights to any inventions made or conceived during their employment with us. We also generally require our consultants to assign to us any inventions made during the course of their engagement by us. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements will provide meaningful protection or adequate remedies for us in the event of unauthorized use, transfer or disclosure of confidential information or inventions.

The laws of foreign countries generally do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. In addition, we may experience more difficulty enforcing our proprietary rights in certain foreign jurisdictions.

 

16


Table of Contents

Litigation

We operate in an industry characterized by extensive patent litigation. Patent litigation can result in significant damage awards and injunctions that could prevent the manufacture and sale of affected products or result in significant royalty payments in order to continue selling the products. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of patent litigation incidents to our business, we believe the costs associated with this type of litigation could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. The medical device industry is also susceptible to significant product liability claims. These claims may be brought by individuals seeking relief on their own behalf or purporting to represent a class. In addition, product liability claims may be asserted against us in the future based on events we are not aware of at the present time. At any given time, we are involved in a number of product liability actions. For additional information, see both Item 3 of this report and Note N to the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Government Regulation

The products we manufacture and market are subject to regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and, in some instances, state authorities and foreign governments.

United States FDA Regulation

Before a new medical device can be introduced into the market, a manufacturer generally must obtain marketing clearance or approval from the FDA through either a 510(k) submission (a premarket notification) or a premarket approval application, or PMA.

The 510(k) procedure is available only in particular circumstances. The 510(k) clearance procedure is available only if a manufacturer can establish that its device is “substantially equivalent” in intended use and in safety and effectiveness to a “predicate device,” which is a legally marketed device with 510(k) clearance in class I or II or grandfather status based upon commercial distribution on or before May 28, 1976. After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or could require a PMA approval. The 510(k) clearance procedure generally takes from four to 12 months from the time of submission, but may take longer. In some cases, supporting clinical data may be required. The FDA may determine that a new or modified device is not substantially equivalent to a predicate device or may require that additional information, including clinical data, be submitted before a determination is made, either of which could significantly delay the introduction of new or modified device products. If a product does not satisfy the criteria of substantial equivalence, it is placed in class III and premarket approval is required prior to the introduction of that product into the market.

The PMA application procedure is more comprehensive than the 510(k) procedure and typically takes several years to complete. The PMA application must be supported by scientific evidence providing pre-clinical and clinical data relating to the safety and efficacy of the device and must include other information about the device and its components, design, manufacturing and labeling. The FDA will approve a PMA application only if a reasonable assurance that the device is safe and effective for its intended use can be provided. As part of the PMA application review, the FDA will inspect the manufacturer’s facilities for compliance with its Quality System Regulation, or QSR. As part of the PMA approval the FDA may place restrictions on the device, such as requiring additional patient follow-up for an indefinite period of time. If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA application or the manufacturing facility is not favorable, the FDA may deny approval of the PMA application or issue a “not approvable” letter. The FDA may also require additional clinical trials, which can delay the PMA approval process by several years. After the PMA is approved, if significant changes are made to a device, its manufacturing or labeling, a PMA supplement containing additional information must be filed for prior FDA approval.

 

17


Table of Contents

Historically, our products have been introduced into the market using the 510(k) procedure and we have never had to use the PMA procedure.

The FDA clearance and approval processes for a medical device are expensive, uncertain and lengthy. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for any product on a timely basis or at all. Delays in receipt of or failure to receive such clearances or approvals, the loss of previously received clearances or approvals, or the failure to comply with existing or future regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

After a product is placed on the market, the product and its manufacturer are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA. The FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance. Our suppliers also may be subject to FDA inspection. We must therefore continue to spend time, money and effort to maintain compliance. Among other things, we must comply with the Medical Device Reporting regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur. We must also comply with the FDA’s corrections and removal reporting regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by a device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health. The labeling and promotion activities for devices are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain instances, by the Federal Trade Commission. The FDA actively enforces regulations prohibiting the marketing of devices for unapproved new uses.

The devices manufactured by us also are subject to the QSR, which imposes elaborate testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures. Every phase of production, including raw materials, components and subassemblies, manufacturing, testing, quality control, labeling, tracing of consignees after distribution and follow-up and reporting of complaint information is governed by the FDA’s QSR. Device manufacturers are required to register their facilities and list their products with the FDA and certain state agencies. The FDA periodically inspects manufacturing facilities and, if there are alleged violations, the operator of a facility must correct them or satisfactorily demonstrate the absence of the violations or face regulatory action.

We are subject to inspection and marketing surveillance by the FDA to determine our compliance with all regulatory requirements. Recently, the FDA has placed an increased emphasis on enforcement of the QSR and other postmarket regulatory requirements. Non-compliance with applicable FDA requirements can result in, among other things, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, failure of the FDA to grant marketing approvals, withdrawal of marketing approvals, a recommendation by the FDA to disallow us to enter into government contracts, and criminal prosecutions. The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any device manufactured or distributed by us.

Other

We and our products are also subject to a variety of state and local laws in those jurisdictions where our products are or will be marketed, and federal, state and local laws relating to matters such as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. We are also subject to various federal and state laws governing our relationships with the physicians and others who purchase or make referrals for our products. For instance, federal law prohibits payments of any form that are intended to induce a referral for any item payable under Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal healthcare program. Many states have similar laws. There can be no assurance that we will not be required to incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations now or in the future or that such laws or regulations will not have a material adverse effect upon our ability to do business.

 

18


Table of Contents

International Regulation

Internationally, all of our current products are considered medical devices under applicable regulatory regimes, and we anticipate that this will be true for all of our future products. Sales of medical devices are subject to regulatory requirements in many countries. The regulatory review process may vary greatly from country to country. For example, the European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards relating to medical devices regulating their design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting. Devices that comply with those requirements are entitled to bear a Conformité Européenne, or CE Mark, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and can be commercially distributed in countries that are members of the European Union.

In some cases, we rely on our International distributors to obtain regulatory approvals, complete product registrations, comply with clinical trial requirements and complete those steps that are customarily taken in the applicable jurisdictions.

International sales of medical devices manufactured in the United States that are not approved or cleared by the FDA for use in the United States, or are banned or deviate from lawful performance standards, are subject to FDA export requirements. Before exporting such products to a foreign country, we must first comply with the FDA’s regulatory procedures for exporting unapproved devices.

The process of obtaining approval to distribute medical products is costly and time-consuming in virtually all of the major markets where we sell medical devices. We cannot assure that any new medical devices we develop will be approved in a timely or cost-effective manner or approved at all. There can be no assurance that new laws or regulations regarding the release or sale of medical devices will not delay or prevent sale of our current or future products.

Third-Party Reimbursement

United States

Our products are used in medical procedures generally covered by government or private health plans.

In general, a third-party payor only covers a medical product or procedure when the plan administrator is satisfied that the product or procedure improves health outcomes, including quality of life or functional ability, in a safe and cost-effective manner. Even if a device has received clearance or approval for marketing by the FDA, there is no assurance that third-party payors will cover the cost of the device and related procedures.

In many instances, third-party payors use price schedules that do not vary to reflect the cost of the products and equipment used in performing those procedures. In other instances, payment or reimbursement is separately available for the products and equipment used, in addition to payment or reimbursement for the procedure itself. Even if coverage is available, third-party payors may place restrictions on the circumstances where they provide coverage or may offer reimbursement that is not sufficient to cover the cost of our products.

Third-party payors who cover the cost of medical products or equipment, in addition to allowing a general charge for the procedure, often maintain lists of exclusive suppliers or approved lists of products deemed to be cost-effective. Authorization from those third-party payors is required prior to using products that are not on these lists as a condition of reimbursement. If our products are not on the approved lists, healthcare providers must determine if the additional cost and effort required in obtaining prior authorization, and the uncertainty of actually obtaining coverage, is justified by any perceived clinical benefits from using our products.

Finally, the advent of contracted fixed rates per procedure has made it difficult to receive reimbursement for disposable products, even if the use of these products improves clinical outcomes. In addition, many third-party payors are moving to managed care systems in which providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a fixed cost per person. Managed care providers often attempt to control the cost of healthcare by authorizing

 

19


Table of Contents

fewer elective surgical procedures. Under current prospective payment systems, such as the diagnosis related group system and the hospital out-patient prospective payment system, both of which are used by Medicare and in many managed care systems used by private third-party payors, the cost of our products will be incorporated into the overall cost of a procedure and not be separately reimbursed. As a result, we cannot be certain that hospital administrators and physicians will purchase our products, despite the clinical benefits and opportunity for cost savings that we believe can be derived from their use. If hospitals and physicians cannot obtain adequate reimbursement for our products or the procedures in which they are used, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could suffer a material adverse impact.

International

Our success in International markets will depend largely upon the availability of reimbursement from the third-party payors through which healthcare providers are paid in those markets. Reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country. The main types of healthcare payment systems are government sponsored healthcare and private insurance. Reimbursement approval must be obtained individually in each country in which our products are marketed. Outside the United States, we generally rely on our distributors to obtain reimbursement approval in the countries in which they will sell our products. There can be no assurance that reimbursement approvals will be received.

Insurance

Our product liability insurance coverage is limited to a maximum of $10,000,000 per product liability claim and an aggregate policy limit of $10,000,000, subject to deductibles of $250,000 per occurrence and $1,250,000 in the aggregate. The policy covers, subject to policy conditions and exclusions, claims of bodily injury and property damage from any product sold or manufactured by us.

There is no assurance that this level of coverage is adequate. We may not be able to sustain or maintain this level of coverage and cannot assure you that adequate insurance coverage will be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. A successful product liability claim or other claim with respect to uninsured or underinsured liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Environmental

We are subject to federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and policies governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, air emission, effluent discharge, handling and disposal of certain hazardous and potentially hazardous substances used in connection with our operations. Although we believe that we have complied with these laws and regulations in all material respects and, to date, have not been required to take any action to correct any noncompliance, there can be no assurance that we will not be required to incur significant costs to comply with environmental regulations in the future.

Employees

As of May 31, 2013, we had approximately 1,330 full time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we have never experienced a work stoppage.

 

20


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Company

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers.

 

Name

           Age           

Position

Joseph M. DeVivo

   46    President and Chief Executive Officer

Mark T. Frost

   50   

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

George Bourne

   53    Senior Vice President, Chief Technology & Operations Officer

Louis Mazzarese

   67    Senior Vice President, Chief Regulatory Officer

Stephen J. McGill

   52    Senior Vice President, General Manager—International

Alan F. Panzer

   52   

Senior Vice President, General Manager—

US Sales

Richard A. Stark

   48    Senior Vice President, Global Franchise, Oncology/Surgery

John Soto

   48    Senior Vice President, Global Franchise, Peripheral Vascular

Matthew Kapusta

   41    Senior Vice President, Business Development

Mark Stephens

   45    Senior Vice President, Administration

Charles R. Greiner

   46    Vice President, Global Franchise, Vascular Access

Joseph M. DeVivo became our President and Chief Executive Officer in September 2011. Prior to joining AngioDynamics, Mr. DeVivo served as Global President of Smith & Nephew Orthopedics. Previously, Mr. DeVivo was CEO and President of RITA Medical Systems, serving in that capacity at the time AngioDynamics acquired RITA. Prior to RITA Medical Systems, Mr. DeVivo served as President, Chief Operating Officer and Director of Computer Motion Incorporation (CMI). Mr. DeVivo also previously served as Vice President and General Manager of a $350 million division of TYCO International’s Healthcare Business, U.S. Surgical/Davis and Geck Sutures, where he was responsible for sales, marketing, research and development, and finance in its vascular business. During his nine-year tenure at U.S. Surgical, he held various management positions related to sales and marketing. Mr. DeVivo earned his Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from the E. Clairborne Robins School of Business at the University of Richmond.

Mark T. Frost became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in November 2012. Prior to AngioDynamics, Mr. Frost most recently served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Administration of Albany Molecular Research Inc. He also served five years as vice president of finance at Smith & Nephew Endoscopy, a global medical device division of Smith & Nephew, before joining AMRI. Mr. Frost also spent 14 years with General Electric where he last served as Chief Financial Officer of Groupe Sovac Auto Financial Services based in Paris, France. He earned a Bachelor of Arts in International Relations/Economics, graduating Cum Laude with Honors in Economics, from Colgate University in Hamilton, N.Y.

George Bourne became our Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer in May 2012 upon joining AngioDyanmics, and became our Chief Operations Officer in December 2012. Most recently, Mr. Bourne served as VP of R&D at Hologic. Previously, Mr. Bourne served as Senior Vice President of R&D and Clinical Affairs for Navilyst from its formation in early 2008 until November 2011. Prior to his tenure at Navilyst, Mr. Bourne spent 10 years at Boston Scientific as Vice President, R&D, of the Urology, Meditech and Oncology business units and then as Group Vice President, R&D, for the endosurgery business group. Mr. Bourne, who earned his Bachelor of Science in Biological Science and Master of Science in Plastics Engineering from the University of Lowell, in addition to his MBA from Rivier College in Nashua, N.H., also served in leadership positions at Baxter Healthcare, Allegiance Healthcare and C.R. Bard.

 

21


Table of Contents

Louis J. Mazzarese joined AngioDynamics in October 2012 as our Senior Vice President and Chief Regulatory Officer. Mr. Mazzarese’s previous experience includes serving as Chief Regulatory Officer and Vice President, Corporate Regulatory Affairs for Edwards Lifesciences; Vice President of Regulatory and Clinical Affairs at Tyco Healthcare; and Vice President of Quality and Regulatory/Clinical Affairs at U.S. Surgical Corporation. Earlier in his career, he gained management experience at Pfizer-Shiley, Squibb Corporation, Ciba-Giegy, American McGaw and International Pharmaceutical Products. Additionally, Mr. Mazzarese, who has a B.S. and M.S. in chemistry from Wagner College in Staten Island, N.Y., is past President and Chairman of the Regulatory Affairs Professional Society and a co-founder of the Association of Disposable Device Manufacturers.

Stephen J. McGill has served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of International since November 2009. Mr. McGill has over 27 years of global medical device experience including increasing roles in sales, marketing, operations leadership business development and general management. Mr. McGill was previously with American Medical Systems, where he spent 8 years most recently as Senior Vice President of Global Sales. Prior to American Medical Systems, Mr. McGill has held positions with Boston Scientific, Bolton Medical, Stryker and Allergan.

Alan Panzer joined AngioDynamics in September 2011 as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Vascular Division and was promoted to his position of Senior Vice President, and General Manager – US Sales. Mr. Panzer resigned from AngioDynamics effective July 31, 2013. Mr. Panzer previously served as President & CEO of DeVilbiss Healthcare. Prior to DeVilbiss, Mr. Panzer was President of United States Surgical & Valleylab, now a business unit of Covidien. He also has served as a member of the Multiple Myeloma Research Foundation Board. Mr. Panzer earned his Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy from St. John’s University in New York.

Richard A. Stark is currently serving as Senior Vice President, Global Franchise, Oncology/Surgery. Mr. Stark began his career with the Company as a District Sales Manager with RITA Medical in 1999, which was acquired by AngioDynamics in 2007, and most recently served as AngioDynamics’ Vice President and General Manager of Sales and Marketing of the Oncology/Surgery Division. Prior to joining RITA, he spent several years in field sales roles at Woodside Biomedical and Arrow/Teleflex. He has a Bachelor’s in Psychology from California State University of Chico in Chico, California.

John Soto was appointed Senior Vice President, Global Franchise, Peripheral Vascular in September 2012. Most recently he was Senior Vice President of Smith & Nephew’s Global Hip Franchise. Mr. Soto is the former Senior Vice President of Global Sales for AngioDynamics — a role that he took on after the Company’s acquisition of RITA Medical Systems in 2007, where he had served as Executive Vice President of Global Sales and Vice President of International Operations. Prior to joining RITA, he gained leadership experience at Computer Motion, Tyco Healthcare and U.S. Surgical. Mr. Soto graduated from the British Royal Navy with a degree in electronic engineering and has a diploma in medical marketing from the University of California at Los Angeles, Calif.

Matthew Kapusta joined AngioDynamics in November 2011 as Senior Vice President of Business Development. Most recently, Mr. Kapusta served as Vice President of Strategic Planning and Financial Analysis for Smith & Nephew Orthopaedics. Mr. Kapusta also spearheaded strategic and financial planning for Smith & Nephew’s global Hips, Knees and Trauma franchises. Prior to Smith & Nephew, Mr. Kapusta was a Managing Director of Healthcare Investment Banking at Collins Stewart in New York City. He also previously served as Vice President of Healthcare Mergers and Acquisitions at Wells Fargo Securities, and had similar roles at Robertson Stephens and PaineWebber. Mr. Kapusta earned a BBA in Finance, Accounting, from the University of Michigan and has an MBA in Finance, Business Management, from New York University.

Mark Stephens joined AngioDynamics in January 2013 as Senior Vice President, Administration. Prior to joining AngioDynamics, Mr. Stephens most recently led the global human resources organization for Smith and Nephew Orthopaedics. Before joining Smith and Nephew, Mr. Stephens held the position of Vice-President,

 

22


Table of Contents

Human Resources, at Ingersoll Rand Corporation and served as Director of talent management with the Robert Bosch Corporation. He holds a MBA in Human Resources from Murray State University and a BS, Business administration with a concentration in Economics and finance from the University of Tennessee.

Charles R. Greiner is currently serving as Vice President, Global Franchise, Vascular Access. Mr. Greiner joined the Company as a member of the sales team in 1999 where he has held positions of increasing responsibility within the sales and marketing team and most recently served as Vice President Vascular Sales. Prior to AngioDynamics, Mr. Greiner gained management experience at Pharmacia & Upjohn Inc. He has a Bachelor of Science degree in Microbiology from the University of Georgia in Athens, Georgia.

 

23


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our financial and operating results are subject to a number of factors, many of which are not within our control. These factors include the following:

Although we expect that the acquisition of Navilyst will result in benefits to us, we may not realize those benefits because of integration difficulties.

Integrating the operations of Navilyst successfully or otherwise realizing any of the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of Navilyst, including anticipated cost savings and additional revenue opportunities, involves a number of challenges. The failure to meet these integration challenges could seriously harm our results of operations and the market price of our common stock may decline as a result.

Realizing the benefits of the acquisition will depend in part on the integration of information technology, operations, personnel and sales force. These integration activities are complex and time-consuming and we may encounter unexpected difficulties or incur unexpected costs, including:

 

   

our inability to achieve the cost savings and operating synergies anticipated in the acquisition, which would prevent us from achieving the positive earnings gains expected as a result of the acquisition;

 

   

diversion of management attention from ongoing business concerns to integration matters;

 

   

difficulties in consolidating and rationalizing information technology platforms and administrative infrastructures;

 

   

complexities associated with managing the combined businesses and consolidating multiple physical locations where management may determine consolidation is desirable;

 

   

difficulties in integrating personnel from different corporate cultures;

 

   

challenges in demonstrating to our customers and to customers of Navilyst that the acquisition will not result in adverse changes in customer service standards or business focus; and

 

   

possible cash flow interruption or loss of revenue as a result of change of ownership transitional matters.

We may not successfully integrate the operations of the businesses of Navilyst in a timely manner, and we may not realize the anticipated net reductions in costs and expenses and other benefits and synergies of the acquisition of Navilyst to the extent, or in the timeframe, anticipated. In addition to the integration risks discussed above, our ability to realize these net reductions in costs and expenses and other benefits and synergies could be adversely impacted by practical or legal constraints on our ability to combine operations.

If we are unable to manage our growth profitably, our business, financial results and stock price could suffer.

Our future financial results will depend in part on our ability to profitably manage our growth. Management will need to maintain existing customers and attract new customers, recruit, retain and effectively manage employees, as well as expand operations and integrate customer support and financial control systems. If integration-related expenses and capital expenditure requirements are greater than anticipated or if we are unable to manage our growth profitably after the acquisition, our financial results and the market price of our common stock may decline.

 

24


Table of Contents

We have incurred significant indebtedness which imposes operating and financial restrictions on us which, together with our debt service obligations, could significantly limit our ability to execute our business strategy and increase the risk of default under our debt obligations.

We borrowed an aggregate of approximately $150 million (not including up to $50 million that is available under our revolving credit facility) in connection with the acquisition of Navilyst. The terms of our credit facilities require us to comply with certain financial maintenance covenants. In addition, the terms of our new indebtedness also include certain covenants restricting or limiting our ability to take certain actions.

These covenants may adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities or take certain corporate actions. The covenants may also restrict our flexibility in planning for changes in our business and the industry and make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse developments.

Our ability to meet our cash requirements, including our debt service obligations, will be dependent upon our operating performance, which will be subject to general economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are or may be beyond our control. We cannot provide assurance that our business operations will generate sufficient cash flows from operations to fund these cash requirements and debt service obligations. If our operating results, cash flow or capital resources prove inadequate, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt and other obligations. If we are unable to service our debt, we could be forced to reduce or delay planned expansions and capital expenditures, sell assets, restructure or refinance our debt or seek additional equity capital, and we may be unable to take any of these actions on satisfactory terms or in a timely manner. Further, any of these actions may not be sufficient to allow us to service our debt obligations or may have an adverse impact on our business. Our debt agreements limit our ability to take certain of these actions. Our failure to generate sufficient operating cash flow to pay our debts or to successfully undertake any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, the degree to which we are leveraged as a result of the indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition or otherwise could materially and adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements or other purposes, could make us more vulnerable to general adverse economic, regulatory and industry conditions, could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes and opportunities in the markets in which we compete, could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to service our debt.

Certain of the benefits we expect from the acquisition of Navilyst, including the anticipated accretion, net reductions in costs and expenses and certain tax benefits, are based on projections and assumptions, which are uncertain and subject to change.

Certain of the benefits we expect from the acquisition of Navilyst, including accretion through fiscal year 2016, cost savings (net of identified incremental costs and excluding transaction and associated one-time costs) of approximately $10 to $15 million by fiscal year 2015 and annual cash tax savings of $11.5 million, or $0.32 per share, each year from fiscal year 2013 through 2023, are based on projections and assumptions that are uncertain and subject to change. These projections and assumptions are based on preliminary information, which may prove to be inaccurate. There can be no assurance that we will realize the accretion per diluted share, the net reductions in costs and expenses from the acquisition or the tax benefits to the extent, or in the time frame, we anticipate. The market price of our common stock may decline if the estimates are not realized or we do not achieve the perceived benefits of the acquisition as rapidly or to the extent anticipated. If we do not generate sufficient taxable income to utilize the acquired NOL carryforward before expiration, we will lose the benefit associated with the NOL. There is the possibility that a future ownership change under IRC Section 382 could place a greater limitation on the use of the NOL, resulting in less NOL carryforward available for use.

 

25


Table of Contents

Subject to certain limitations, the holders of the stock issued in connection with the Navilyst acquisition may sell our common stock, which could cause our stock price to decline.

The shares of our common stock issued following the completion of the acquisition of Navilyst are restricted, but the holders may sell the shares of our common stock under certain circumstances. At the closing of the Navilyst acquisition, we entered into the Stockholders Agreement with certain of the Navilyst stockholders, which granted them certain registration rights with respect to their shares of our common stock and imposed certain additional restrictions on their ability to transfer their shares of our common stock, including, among other things, a twelve (12) month prohibition on the transfer of the shares of our common stock issued in connection with the acquisition of Navilyst (other than transfers to certain permitted transferees). The twelve (12) month prohibition on the transfer of these shares expired on May 22, 2013 and in August 2013 we filed a Form S-3 registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission registering these shares for resale. The sale of a substantial number of our shares by such parties or our other stockholders within a short period of time could cause our stock price to decline, make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our common stock or acquire other businesses using our common stock as consideration.

The presence of a significant stockholder may affect the ability of a third party to acquire control of us.

The former Navilyst stockholders, including investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners, beneficially own approximately 27% of our outstanding common stock. Certain of the former Navilyst stockholders entered into a Stockholders Agreement at the closing that permits investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners to appoint two (2) directors to our Board of Directors until such time as, with respect to the first director, certain of the former Navilyst stockholders’ beneficial ownership in us has been reduced below 20% of the then outstanding voting shares and, with respect to the second director, certain of the former Navilyst stockholders’ beneficial ownership in us has been reduced below 10% of the then outstanding voting shares. Although these directors will not constitute a majority of the Board of Directors, they may exercise influence over the decisions of the board. David Burgstahler and Sriram Venkataraman were appointed to our Board of Directors on May 22, 2012.

Having certain of the former Navilyst stockholders as significant stockholders of us may have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding common stock or control of our Board of Directors through a proxy solicitation. In that regard, these stockholders and their controlled affiliates are obligated pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, in certain circumstances, not to transfer their shares of our common stock, in whole or in part, pursuant to any recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, share exchange or other business combination transaction involving us or pursuant to any tender, exchange or other similar offer for our common stock unless, in each case, the Board of Directors recommends such transaction or offer or fails to recommend that our stockholders reject such transaction or offer.

For the period from the date of the Stockholders Agreement to one (1) year from the date of the Stockholders Agreement, certain of the former Navilyst stockholders are required to vote their voting shares in accordance with the recommendation of our Board of Directors with respect to any business or proposal on which our stockholders are entitled to vote. For the period from the date that is one (1) year from the date of the Stockholders Agreement until the first date that certain of the former Navilyst stockholders no longer beneficially own at least ten percent (10%) of the voting securities outstanding at such time, the applicable former Navilyst stockholders agree to vote all voting securities then owned by them either, in the sole discretion of each stockholder, (1) in accordance with the recommendation of our Board or (2) in proportion to the votes cast with respect to the voting securities not owned by the applicable former Navilyst stockholders with respect to any business or proposal on which our stockholders are entitled to vote. If at any time following one (1) year from the date of the Stockholders Agreement, certain of the former Navilyst stockholders beneficially own less than fifteen percent (15%) of the voting securities then outstanding and there is no stockholder designee then serving on our Board pursuant to the stockholders agreement, the applicable former Navilyst stockholders may vote all voting securities then owned by them in their own discretion.

 

26


Table of Contents

If we fail to develop or market new products and enhance existing products, we could lose market share to our competitors and our results of operations could suffer.

The market for interventional devices is characterized by rapid technological change, new product introductions, technological improvements, changes in physician requirements and evolving industry standards. To be successful, we must continue to develop and commercialize new products and to enhance versions of our existing products. Our products are technologically complex and require significant research, planning, design, development and testing before they may be marketed. This process generally takes at least 12 to 18 months from initial concept and may take up to several years. In addition, product life cycles are relatively short because medical device manufacturers continually develop smaller, more effective and less expensive versions of existing devices in response to physician demand.

Our success in developing and commercializing new and enhanced versions of our products is affected by our ability to:

 

   

recruit engineers;

 

   

timely and accurately identify new market trends;

 

   

accurately assess customer needs;

 

   

minimize the time and costs required to obtain regulatory clearance or approval;

 

   

adopt competitive pricing;

 

   

timely manufacture and deliver products;

 

   

accurately predict and control costs associated with the development, manufacturing and support of our products; and

 

   

anticipate and compete effectively with our competitors’ efforts.

Market acceptance of our products depends in part on our ability to demonstrate that our products are cost-effective and easier to use, as well as offer technological advantages. Additionally, we may experience design, manufacturing, marketing or other difficulties that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or marketing of new products or new versions of our existing products. As a result of such difficulties and delays, our development expenses may increase and, as a consequence, our results of operations could suffer.

We face intense competition in the medical device industry. We may be unable to compete effectively with respect to technological innovation and price which may have an adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition or results of operations.

The markets for our products are highly competitive, and we expect competition to continue to intensify. We may not be able to compete effectively, and we may lose market share to our competitors. Our primary device competitors include: Boston Scientific Corporation; Cook Medical; Cordis Corporation, a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson, Inc.; C.R. Bard; Medical Components, Inc., or Medcomp; Arrow International, a subsidiary of TeleFlex Medical; Smith’s Medical, a subsidiary of Smiths Group plc; Vascular Solutions; Covidien subsidiaries (Kendall, VNUS, EV3) and Merit Medical. Many of our competitors have substantially greater:

 

   

financial and other resources to devote to product acquisitions, research and development, marketing and manufacturing;

 

   

variety of products;

 

   

technical capabilities;

 

   

history of developing and introducing new products;

 

   

patent portfolios that may present an obstacle to our conduct of business;

 

27


Table of Contents
   

name recognition; and

 

   

distribution networks and in-house sales forces.

Our competitors may succeed in developing technologies and products earlier, in obtaining patent protection or regulatory clearance earlier, or in commercializing new products or technologies more rapidly than us. Our competitors may also develop products and technologies that are superior to those we are developing or that otherwise could render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, we may face competition from providers of other medical therapies, such as pharmaceutical companies, that may offer non-surgical therapies for conditions that are currently, or in the future, may be treated using our products. Our products are generally sold at higher prices than those of our competitors. However, in the current environment of managed care, which is characterized by economically motivated buyers, consolidation among healthcare providers, increased competition and declining reimbursement rates, we are increasingly being required to compete on the basis of price. If we are not able to compete effectively, our market share and revenues may decline.

Development and sales of our NanoKnife Ablation products are dependent on a number of factors beyond our control, and our inability to successfully complete our research and development, design and marketing strategy with respect to NanoKnife Ablation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant aspect of our growth strategy is the continued development of our NanoKnife Ablation products. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to develop and manufacture additional next generation or updated NanoKnife Ablation products on commercially favorable terms, or at all. NanoKnife Ablation is a developing technology and the inability of NanoKnife Ablation to achieve clinical acceptance could severely limit the sales of NanoKnife Ablation products.

We currently have FDA 510(k) clearance to market NanoKnife Ablation products for soft tissue ablation. If we are not able to secure FDA approval to conduct an IDE trial or marketing approval for additional or more specific indications, through 510(k) clearance, pre-market approval or otherwise, our ability to market our NanoKnife Ablation products will be restricted which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be exposed to risks associated with acquisitions, including integration risks and risks associated with methods of financing and the impact of accounting treatment. Accordingly, completed acquisitions may not enhance our financial position or results of operations.

Part of our growth strategy is to acquire businesses and technologies that are complementary to ours. There is no assurance that acquisition opportunities will be available on acceptable terms, or at all, or that we will be able to obtain necessary financing or regulatory approvals. Any acquisitions that we do undertake would be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in acquisitions, including the:

 

   

potential disruption of our business while we evaluate opportunities, complete acquisitions and develop and implement new business strategies to take advantage of these opportunities;

 

   

inability of our management to maximize our financial and strategic position by incorporating an acquired technology or business into our existing offerings;

 

   

difficulty of maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;

 

   

difficulty of assimilating the operations and personnel of acquired businesses;

 

   

potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses, and the impairment of relationships with employees and customers as a result of changes in management; and

 

   

uncertainty as to the long-term success of any acquisitions we may make.

 

28


Table of Contents

There is no assurance that any completed acquisition will be accretive to our margins or profits in the short term or in the long term. If we proceed with one or more significant acquisitions in which the consideration consists of cash, a substantial portion of our available cash could be used to consummate the acquisitions. If we consummate one or more acquisitions in which the consideration consists of capital stock, our stockholders could suffer significant dilution of their interest in us. In addition, we could incur or assume significant amounts of indebtedness in connection with acquisitions. Further, acquisitions could also result in significant goodwill and/or amortization charges for acquired businesses or technologies.

Our strategic initiatives, including acquisitions, may not produce the intended growth in revenue and operating income.

Our strategies include making significant investments to achieve revenue growth and margin improvement targets. During our fiscal year ended May 31, 2013 we completed the acquisition of Vortex Medical and certain assets of Microsulis Medical. If we do not achieve the expected benefits from these investments or otherwise fail to execute on our strategic initiatives, we may not achieve the growth improvement we are targeting and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, we may not be able to generate revenues from new or existing products and our business may suffer.

Our success depends in part on obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our patents, trademarks and other proprietary rights, and our ability to avoid infringing the proprietary rights of others. We take precautionary steps to protect our technological advantages and intellectual property. We rely upon patent, trade secret, copyright, know-how and trademark laws, as well as license agreements and contractual provisions, to establish our intellectual property rights and protect our products. However, no assurances can be made that any pending or future patent applications will result in the issuance of patents, that any current or future patents issued to, or licensed by, us will not be challenged or circumvented by our competitors, or that our patents will not be found invalid.

Additionally, we may not be able to effectively protect our rights in unpatented technology, trade secrets and confidential information. Although we require our new employees, consultants and corporate partners to execute confidentiality agreements, these agreements may not provide effective protection of our information or, in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure, may not provide adequate remedies.

If we are not able to adequately protect our intellectual property, our market share, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

If third parties claim that our products infringe their intellectual property rights, we may be forced to expend significant financial resources and management time defending against such actions and our financial condition and our results of operations could suffer.

Third parties may claim that our products infringe their patents and other intellectual property rights. Identifying third-party patent rights can be particularly difficult because, in general, patent applications can be maintained in secrecy for at least 18 months after their earliest priority date. Some companies in the medical device industry have used intellectual property infringement litigation to gain a competitive advantage. If a competitor were to challenge our patents, licenses or other intellectual property rights, or assert that our products infringe its patent or other intellectual property rights, we could incur substantial litigation costs, be forced to make expensive changes to our product design, pay royalties or other fees to license rights in order to continue manufacturing and selling our products, or pay substantial damages. Third-party infringement claims, regardless of their outcome, would not only consume our financial resources but also divert our management’s time and effort. Such claims could also cause our customers or potential customers to purchase competitors’ products or defer or limit their purchase or use of our affected products until resolution of the claim.

 

29


Table of Contents

We are dependent on single and limited source suppliers which subjects our business and results of operations to risks of supplier business interruptions.

We currently purchase significant amounts of several key products and product components from single and limited source suppliers and anticipate that we will do so for future products as well. Any delays in delivery of or shortages in those or other products and components could interrupt and delay manufacturing of our products and result in the cancellation of orders for our products. Any or all of these suppliers could discontinue the manufacture or supply of these products and components at any time. Due to FDA and other business considerations, we may not be able to identify and integrate alternative sources of supply in a timely fashion or at all. Any transition to alternate suppliers may result in production delays and increased costs and may limit our ability to deliver products to our customers. Furthermore, if we are unable to identify alternative sources of supply, we would have to modify our products to use substitute components, which may cause delays in shipments, increased design and manufacturing costs and increased prices for our products.

Cost-containment efforts of group purchasing organizations could adversely affect our selling prices, financial position and results of operations.

Many of our existing and potential customers have become members of group purchasing organizations, or GPOs, and IDNs, in an effort to reduce costs. GPOs and IDNs negotiate pricing arrangements with healthcare product manufacturers and distributors and offer the negotiated prices to affiliated hospitals and other members. GPOs and IDNs typically award contracts on a category-by-category basis through a competitive bidding process. Bids are generally solicited from multiple manufacturers with the intention of driving down pricing. Due to the highly competitive nature of the GPO and IDN contracting processes, we may not be able to obtain market prices for our products or obtain or maintain contract positions with major GPOs and IDNs, which could adversely impact our profitability.

Economic instability could continue to adversely affect the company.

In recent years financial markets and the economies in the United States and internationally have been experiencing a period of upheaval characterized by the bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale of various financial institutions, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability. These conditions may continue and could worsen. As a result, the global economic environment may, among other things, create downward pressure on the pricing of our products, increase the sales cycle of certain products and slow the adoption of new technology, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

Our industry is experiencing greater scrutiny and regulation by governmental authorities, which has led to certain costs and business distractions as we respond to inquiries and comply with new regulations, and may lead to greater governmental regulation in the future.

Our medical devices and our business activities are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities. These authorities and members of Congress have been increasing their scrutiny of our industry. In addition, certain states, including Massachusetts, have recently passed or are considering legislation restricting our interactions with health care providers and requiring disclosure of many payments to them. The federal government has recently introduced similar legislation, which may or may not preempt state laws. Recent Supreme Court case law has clarified that the FDA’s authority over medical devices preempts state tort laws, but legislation has been introduced at the federal level to allow state intervention, which could lead to increased and inconsistent regulation at the state level. We anticipate that the government will continue to scrutinize our industry closely, and that additional regulation by governmental authorities may increase compliance costs, exposure to litigation and other adverse effects to our operations.

 

30


Table of Contents

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

Many healthcare industry companies, including medical device companies, are consolidating to create new companies with greater market power. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide goods and services to industry participants will become more intense. These industry participants may try to use their market power to negotiate price concessions or reductions for medical devices that incorporate components produced by us. If we are forced to reduce our prices because of consolidation in the healthcare industry, our revenues would decrease and our consolidated earnings, financial condition, or cash flow would suffer.

Healthcare policy changes, including recent laws to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us.

Healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade. There have been, and continue to be, proposals by legislators, regulators, and third-party payors to keep these costs down. Certain proposals, if passed, would impose limitations on the prices we will be able to charge for our products, or the amounts of reimbursement available for our products from governmental agencies or third-party payors. These limitations could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “PPACA”) was adopted and enacted into law. This legislation includes a provision that imposes a 2.3% excise tax on the sale of certain medical devices by a manufacturer, producer or importer of such devices in the United States starting after December 31, 2012. We estimate that the excise tax will be approximately $4.1 million for our fiscal year ended May 31, 2014, which will increase our cost of doing business. The PPACA also reduces Medicare and Medicaid payments to hospitals and clinical laboratories, which could reduce medical procedure volumes and impact the demand for our products or the prices at which we sell our products. While the PPACA is intended to expand health insurance coverage to uninsured persons in the United States, other elements of this legislation, the impact of any overall increase in access to healthcare on sales of our products remains uncertain. In addition, the costs of compliance with the PPACA’s new reporting and disclosure requirements with regard to payments or other transfers of value made to healthcare providers may have a material, negative impact on our results of operations and our cash flows. Various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged at the state level. We cannot predict the exact effect newly enacted laws or any future legislation or regulation will have on us. However, the implementation of the PPACA, and new legislation and regulation may lower reimbursements for our products, reduce medical procedure volumes and adversely affect our business, possibly materially. In addition, the enacted excise tax may materially and adversely affect our operating expenses and results of operations.

If we do not maintain our reputation with interventional physicians, our growth will be limited and our business could be harmed.

Physicians typically influence the medical device purchasing decisions of the hospitals and other healthcare institutions in which they practice. Consequently, our reputation with interventional physicians is critical to our continued growth. We believe that we have built a positive reputation based on the quality of our products, our physician-driven product development efforts, our marketing and training efforts and our presence at medical society meetings. Any actual or perceived diminution in the quality of our products, or our failure or inability to maintain these other efforts, could damage our reputation with interventional physicians and cause our growth to be limited and our business to be harmed.

Our business could be harmed if we lose the services of our key personnel.

Our business depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel, including managerial, sales and technical personnel. We compete for key personnel with other companies, healthcare institutions, academic institutions, government entities and other organizations. We do not have written employment agreements with our executive officers, other than the CEO. Our ability to maintain and expand our business may be impaired if we are unable to retain our current key personnel or hire or retain other qualified personnel in the future.

 

31


Table of Contents

Undetected defects may increase our costs and impair the market acceptance of our products.

Our products have occasionally contained, and may in the future contain, undetected defects. When these problems occur, we must divert the attention of our engineering personnel to address them. There is no assurance that we will not incur warranty or repair costs, be subject to liability claims for damages related to product defects, or experience manufacturing, shipping or other delays or interruptions as a result of these defects in the future. Our insurance policies may not provide sufficient protection should a claim be asserted. In addition, the occurrence of defects may result in significant customer relations problems and injury to our reputation, and may impair market acceptance of our products.

If a product liability claim is brought against us or our product liability insurance coverage is inadequate, our business could be harmed.

The design, manufacture and marketing of the types of medical devices we sell entail an inherent risk of product liability. Our products are used by physicians to treat seriously ill patients. We are periodically subject to product liability claims, and patients or customers may in the future bring claims in a number of circumstances and for a number of reasons, including if our products were misused, if a component of our product fails, if their manufacture or design was flawed, if they produced unsatisfactory results or if the instructions for use and operating manuals and disclosure of product related risks for our products were found to be inadequate. In addition, individuals or groups seeking to represent a class may file suit against us. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits often seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, including not only actual damages, but also punitive damages. The magnitude of the potential losses relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time.

We carry a product liability policy with a limit of $10,000,000 per product liability claim and an aggregate policy limit of $10,000,000, subject to deductibles of $250,000 per occurrence and $1,250,000 in the aggregate. We believe, based on claims made against us in the past, our existing product liability insurance coverage is reasonably adequate to protect us from any liabilities we might incur. However, there is no assurance that this coverage will be sufficient to satisfy any claim made against us. In addition, we may not be able to maintain adequate coverage at a reasonable cost and on reasonable terms, if at all. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing any coverage in the future. Additionally, if one or more product liability claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or is in excess of our insurance coverage, our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted. Further, such claims may require us to recall some of our products, which could result in significant costs to us and could divert management’s attention from our business.

Changes in reimbursement levels by governmental or other third-party payors for procedures using our products may cause our revenues to decline.

Our products are purchased principally by hospitals or physicians which typically bill various third-party payors, such as governmental programs (e.g. Medicare, Medicaid and comparable foreign programs), private insurance plans and managed care plans, for the healthcare services provided to their patients. The ability of our customers to obtain appropriate reimbursement for products and services from third-party payors is critical to the success of medical device companies because it affects which products customers purchase and the prices they are willing to pay. Reimbursement varies by country and can significantly impact the acceptance of new technology. Implementation of healthcare reforms in the United States and in other countries may limit, reduce or eliminate reimbursement for our products and adversely affect both our pricing flexibility and the demand for our products. Even when we develop a promising new product, we may find limited demand for the product unless reimbursement approval is obtained from private and governmental third party payors.

 

32


Table of Contents

Third-party payors have adopted, and are continuing to adopt, a number of healthcare policies intended to curb rising healthcare costs. These policies include:

 

   

controls on government-funded reimbursement for healthcare services and price controls on medical products and services providers;

 

   

challenges to the pricing of medical procedures or limits or prohibitions on reimbursement for specific devices and therapies through other means; and

 

   

the introduction of managed care systems in which healthcare providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a fixed cost per person.

We are unable to predict whether federal, state or local healthcare reform legislation or regulation affecting our business may be proposed or enacted in the future, or what effect any such legislation or regulation would have on our business. Changes in healthcare systems in the United States or elsewhere in a manner that significantly reduces reimbursement for procedures using our medical devices or denies coverage for these procedures, or adverse decisions relating to our products by administrators of these systems in coverage or reimbursement issues, would have an adverse impact on the acceptance of our products and the prices which our customers are willing to pay for them.

If we cannot obtain and maintain marketing clearance or approval from governmental agencies, we will not be able to sell our products.

Our products are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and in the foreign countries in which they are sold. Unless an exemption applies, each medical device that we wish to market in the United States must receive either 510(k) clearance or premarket approval (PMA) from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, before the product can be sold. Either process can be lengthy and expensive. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance procedure, also known as “premarket notification,” is the process we have used for our current products. This process usually takes from four to 12 months from the date the premarket notification is submitted to the FDA, but may take significantly longer. Although we have obtained 510(k) clearances for our current products, our clearances may be revoked by the FDA if safety or effectiveness problems develop with the devices. The PMA process is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain. It generally takes from one to three years from the date the application is submitted to, and filed with, the FDA, and may take even longer. Regulatory regimes in other countries similarly require approval or clearance prior to our marketing or selling products in those countries. We rely on our distributors to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals of our products outside of the United States. If we are unable to obtain additional clearances or approvals needed to market existing or new products in the United States or elsewhere or obtain these clearances or approvals in a timely fashion or at all, or if our existing clearances are revoked, our revenues and profitability may decline.

If we or some of our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, and other applicable postmarket requirements, our manufacturing operations could be disrupted, our product sales and profitability could suffer, and we may be subject to a wide variety of FDA enforcement actions.

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. We are subject to inspection and marketing surveillance by the FDA to determine our compliance with all regulatory requirements. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in the FDA or a court instituting a wide variety of enforcement actions against us, including a public Warning Letter; an order to shutdown some or all manufacturing operations; a recall of products; fines or civil penalties; seizure or detention of our products; refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or a premarket approval, or PMA, of new or modified products; withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals already granted to us; and criminal prosecution.

Our manufacturing processes and those of some of our suppliers must comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which governs the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the

 

33


Table of Contents

design, testing, manufacture, control, quality assurance, installation, servicing, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping of medical devices. The FDA enforces the QSR through unannounced inspections. If we, or one of our suppliers, fail a QSR inspection, or if a corrective action plan adopted by us or one of our suppliers is not sufficient, the FDA may bring an enforcement action, and our operations could be disrupted and our manufacturing delayed. We are also subject to the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting our products for unapproved or “off-label” uses, the FDA’s adverse event reporting requirements and the FDA’s reporting requirements for field correction or product removals. The FDA has recently placed increased emphasis on its scrutiny of compliance with the QSR and these other postmarket requirements.

On May 27, 2011, we received a Warning Letter from the FDA in connection with the FDA’s inspection of our Queensbury, NY manufacturing facility. In the Warning Letter, the FDA cited deficiencies in our response letter we provided to FDA pertaining to the inspection that occurred from January 4 through January 13, 2011. These deficiencies related to our internal procedures for medical device reporting, corrections and removals and complaint handling.

On February 10, 2012, we received from the FDA a Form 483, List of Investigational Observations, in connection with its inspection of our Queensbury facility from November 14, 2011 through February 10, 2012. The Form 483 contained 12 observations related to, among other things, our CAPA (Corrective and Preventive Action) system, MDR (Medical Device Reporting), complaint investigation, corrections and removals, acceptance criteria and training. Some of the observations contained in the Form 483 were repeat observations from the May 27, 2011Warning Letter.

On February 13, 2012, we received from the FDA a Form 483 in connection with its inspection of our Fremont facility from January 12, 2012 through February 13, 2012. The Form 483 contained 6 observations related to, among other things, our CAPA system, design controls, risk management and training.

We have developed a comprehensive Quality Call to Action Program to review and augment our Quality Management Systems at our Queensbury facility, and we have implemented numerous measures outlined in that plan. We provided responses to FDA within 15 business days of our receipt of the Form 483s and we will continue to work closely with FDA to resolve any outstanding issues. There can be no assurance that the FDA will be satisfied with our response. Until the items raised in the Warning Letters and during the recent inspections are corrected, we may be subject to additional regulatory action by the FDA, including the issuance of warning letters, injunction, seizure or recall of products, imposition of fines or penalties or operating restrictions on our facilities. Such actions could significantly disrupt our ongoing business and operations and have a material adverse impact on our financial position and operating results.

If we, or one of our suppliers, violate the FDA’s requirements or fail to take adequate corrective action in response to any significant compliance issue raised by the FDA, the FDA can take various enforcement actions which could cause our product sales and profitability to suffer.

In addition, most other countries require us and our suppliers to comply with manufacturing and quality assurance standards for medical devices that are similar to those in force in the United States before marketing and selling our products in those countries. If we, or our suppliers, should fail to do so, we would lose our ability to market and sell our products in those countries.

Even after receiving regulatory clearance or approval, our products may be subject to product recalls, which may harm our reputation and divert managerial and financial resources.

The FDA and similar governmental authorities in other countries have the authority to order mandatory recall of our products or order their removal from the market if there are material deficiencies or defects in design, manufacture, installation, servicing or labeling of the device, or if the governmental entity finds that our products would cause serious adverse health consequences. A government mandated voluntary recall or field

 

34


Table of Contents

action by us could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors or design defects, including labeling defects. Any recall of our products may harm our reputation with customers and divert managerial and financial resources.

We may be subject to fines, penalties or injunctions if we are determined to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved or “off-label” uses.

If we are incorrect in our belief that our promotional materials and training methods regarding physicians are conducted in compliance with regulations of the FDA and other applicable regulations, and the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an unapproved use, the FDA could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties.

On January 24, 2011 we received a Warning Letter from the FDA in connection with our marketing of the NanoKnife System. In the Warning Letter, the FDA states that certain statements we made, including those on our company website, promote the use of the NanoKnife System beyond its currently cleared indications. We responded to the FDA as necessary and intend to work closely with them to resolve any outstanding issues. While we believe we have been fully responsive to the matters raised by the FDA in the Warning Letter, there can be no assurance that the FDA will be satisfied with our response. Therefore, we may be subject to additional regulatory action by the FDA, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure or recall of products, imposition of fines or penalties and any such actions could significantly disrupt our business and operations and have a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement.

Modifications to our current products may require new marketing clearances or approvals or require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until such clearances or approvals are obtained.

Any modification to an FDA-cleared medical device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, requires a new FDA 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a premarket approval. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make its own determination as to whether a modification requires a new 510(k) clearance or premarket approval, but the FDA may review and disagree with any decision reached by the manufacturer. We have modified aspects of some of our devices since receiving regulatory clearance. We believed that some of these modifications did not require new 510(k) clearance or premarket approval and, therefore, we did not seek new 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals. In the future, we may make additional modifications to our products after they have received FDA clearance or approval and, in appropriate circumstances, determine that new clearance or approval is unnecessary. Regulations in other countries in which we market or sell, or propose to market or sell, our products may also require that we make judgments about changes to our products and whether or not those changes are such that regulatory approval or clearance should be obtained. In the United States and elsewhere, regulatory authorities may disagree with our past or future decisions not to seek new clearance or approval and may require us to obtain clearance or approval for modifications to our products. If that were to occur for a previously cleared or approved product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain the necessary clearance or approval. Under these circumstances, we may also be subject to significant regulatory fines or other penalties. If any of the foregoing were to occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulations that could result in significant liability, require us to change our business practices and restrict our operations in the future.

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry, including anti-kickback and false claims laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal or civil

 

35


Table of Contents

sanctions, including substantial fines, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and health programs outside the United States. These laws and regulations are wide ranging and subject to changing interpretation and application, which could restrict our sales or marketing practices. Furthermore, since many of our customers rely on reimbursement from Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs to cover a substantial portion of their expenditures, our exclusion from such programs as a result of a violation of these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

If our employees or agents violate the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions, we may incur fines or penalties, or experience other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and similar anti-bribery laws in international jurisdictions which generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our sales to customers and distributors outside of the United States have been increasing and we expect them to continue to increase in the future. If our employees or agents violate the provisions of the FCPA or other anti-bribery laws, we may incur fines or penalties, we may be unable to market our products in other countries or we may experience other adverse consequences which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition.

Failure to attract additional capital which we may require to expand our business could curtail our growth.

We may require additional capital to expand our business. If cash generated internally is insufficient to fund capital requirements, we will require additional debt or equity financing. In addition, we may require financing to fund any significant acquisitions we may seek to make. Needed financing may not be available or, if available, may not be available on terms satisfactory to us and may result in significant stockholder dilution. Covenants in our existing financing may also restrict our ability to obtain additional debt financing. If we fail to obtain sufficient additional capital in the future, we could be forced to curtail our growth strategy by reducing or delaying capital expenditures and acquisitions, selling assets, restructuring our operations or refinancing our indebtedness.

Any disaster at our manufacturing facilities could disrupt our ability to manufacture our products for a substantial amount of time, which could cause our revenues to decrease.

We conduct our manufacturing and assembly at facilities in Queensbury, New York, Glens Falls, New York, Manchester, Georgia, and Denmead, England. It would be difficult, expensive and time-consuming to transfer resources from one facility to the other, replace, or repair these facilities and our manufacturing equipment if they were significantly affected by a disaster. Additionally, we might be forced to rely on third-party manufacturers or to delay production of our products. Insurance for damage to our properties and the disruption of our business from disasters may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, if one of our principal suppliers were to experience a similar disaster, uninsured loss or under-insured loss, we might not be able to obtain adequate alternative sources of supplies or products or could face significant delays and incur substantial expense in doing so. Any significant uninsured loss, prolonged or repeated disruption, or inability to operate experienced by us or any of our principal suppliers could cause significant harm to our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

36


Table of Contents

Our future operating results are difficult to predict and may vary significantly from quarter to quarter, which may adversely affect the price of our common stock.

The ongoing introduction of new products and services that affect our overall product mix make the prediction of future operating results difficult. You should not rely on our past revenue growth as any indication of future growth rates or operating results. The price of our common stock will likely fall in the event that our operating results do not meet the expectations of analysts and investors. Comparisons of our quarterly operating results are an unreliable indication of our future performance because they are likely to vary significantly based on many factors, including:

 

   

the level of sales of our products and services in our markets;

 

   

our ability to introduce new products or services and enhancements in a timely manner;

 

   

the demand for and acceptance of our products and services;

 

   

the success of our competition and the introduction of alternative products or services;

 

   

our ability to command favorable pricing for our products and services;

 

   

the growth of the market for our devices and services;

 

   

the expansion and rate of success of our direct sales force in the United States and internationally and our independent distributors internationally;

 

   

actions relating to ongoing FDA compliance;

 

   

the effect of intellectual property disputes;

 

   

the size and timing of orders from independent distributors or customers;

 

   

the attraction and retention of key personnel, particularly in sales and marketing, regulatory, manufacturing and research and development;

 

   

unanticipated delays or an inability to control costs;

 

   

general economic conditions as well as those specific to our customers and markets; and

 

   

seasonal fluctuations in revenue due to the elective nature of some procedures.

Our stock price may be volatile, which may cause the value of our stock to decline or subject us to a securities class action litigation.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

   

actions by institutional or other large stockholders;

 

   

the depth and liquidity of the market for our common stock;

 

   

volume and timing of orders for our products;

 

   

developments generally affecting medical device companies;

 

   

the announcement of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

   

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

investor perceptions of us and our business, including changes in market valuations of medical device companies;

 

   

our results of operations and financial performance.

 

37


Table of Contents

In addition, the stock market in general, and the NASDAQ Stock Market and the market for medical devices in particular, have experienced substantial price and volume volatility that is often seemingly unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company after a period of volatility in the market price of its common stock. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Any securities litigation claims brought against us could result in substantial expense and the diversion of management’s attention from our business.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could cause our stock price to decline and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may enable our management to resist a change in control. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a change in the ownership of our company or a change in our management. In addition, these provisions could limit the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Such provisions include:

 

   

our board of directors is authorized, without prior stockholder approval, to create and issue “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of common stock;

 

   

our board of directors is classified so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time, which may make it more difficult for a person who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding voting stock to replace our directors;

 

   

advance notice requirements for stockholders to nominate individuals to serve on our board of directors or for stockholders to submit proposals that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings;

 

   

stockholder action by written consent is prohibited;

 

   

stockholders are not permitted to accumulate their votes for the election of directors.

We are also subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock.

In addition, our board of directors has adopted a stockholder rights plan, which could delay or prevent a change in control of us even if the change in control is generally beneficial to our stockholders. These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including delaying or impeding a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our goodwill and intangible assets are subject to potential impairment.

A significant portion of our assets consists of goodwill and intangible assets, the carrying value of which may be reduced if we determine that those assets are impaired. At May 31, 2013, goodwill and intangible assets represented approximately $570 million, or approximately 72% of our total assets.

Most of our intangible assets have determinable useful lives and are amortized over their useful lives on either a straight-line basis or over the expected period of benefit or as revenues are earned from the sales of the related products. The underlying assumptions regarding the estimated useful lives of these intangible assets are reviewed annually and more often if an event or circumstance occurs making it likely that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable and are adjusted through accelerated amortization if necessary.

 

38


Table of Contents

We review our single reporting unit for potential goodwill impairment in the third fiscal quarter of each year as part of our annual goodwill impairment testing, and more often if an event or circumstance occurs making it likely that impairment exists. We conduct impairment testing based on our current business strategy in light of present industry and economic conditions, as well as future expectations. The annual goodwill impairment review performed in December 2012 indicated no goodwill impairments.

If actual results differ from the assumptions and estimates used in the goodwill and intangible asset calculations, we could incur future impairment or amortization charges, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None

 

Item 2. Properties

We own a manufacturing, administrative and warehouse facility of approximately 189,000 square feet in Glens Falls, New York acquired as part of the Navilyst transaction. We own a manufacturing, administrative, engineering and warehouse facility of approximately 129,000 square feet situated on 18 acres in Queensbury, New York. In July 2009, we entered into an agreement to lease, for a ten year period plus 2 five year renewal options, a 52,500 square foot office building in Latham, New York to house our corporate headquarters and certain business operations. The lease commencement date was March 1, 2010. See Item 7 of this annual report, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources,” for a discussion of this lease.

We lease an engineering facility of approximately 31,000 square feet in Marlboro, Massachusetts acquired as part of the Navilyst transaction. We also lease additional properties including a manufacturing facility of approximately 60,000 square feet located in Manchester, Georgia which also includes office space, 14,500 square feet of office space in Fremont, California, 7,800 square feet of sales and administrative offices in the Netherlands, 7,500 square feet of office and manufacturing in the United Kingdom and 1,600 square feet of sales office space in Hamburg, Germany. In addition, we have sales offices in Hong Kong and Sydney, Australia.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

AngioDynamics v. biolitec

On January 2, 2008, we commenced an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of New York entitled AngioDynamics, Inc. v. biolitec, Inc. In this action, we are seeking judgment against biolitec for defense and indemnification in two lawsuits which we previously settled. Our claims arise out of a Supply and Distribution Agreement (“SDA”) entered into with biolitec on April 1, 2002. On September 27, 2011, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of New York granted key portions of our motion for summary judgment in our legal case against biolitec. The Court’s order was filed under seal. The Court also dismissed biolitec’s counterclaims against us. The court denied one portion of our summary judgment motion, which sought to recover additional costs from biolitec, leaving this for adjudication at trial. On November 8, 2012, the Court granted partial judgment to us in the amount of $23.2 million.

In October 2009, we commenced an action in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts entitled AngioDynamics, Inc. v. biolitec AG and Wolfgang Neuberger. The Complaint in this action was amended in March 2010. This action seeks to recover against biolitec, Inc.’s parent entities and CEO for tortiously interfering with biolitec, Inc.’s contractual obligation to defend and indemnify us, and also seeks to pierce the corporate veil of biolitec, Inc. and to invalidate certain alleged fraudulent transfers in order to hold biolitec, Inc.’s parent entities jointly and severally liable for the alleged breach of the SDA. This case is currently

 

39


Table of Contents

in the discovery phase. On September 13, 2012, the Massachusetts Court granted our request for a preliminary injunction prohibiting the downstream merger of biolitec AG with its Austrian subsidiary. On April 1, 2013, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit affirmed the preliminary injunction.

We will continue to vigorously enforce our rights under the supply agreement with biolitec.

C.R. Bard, Inc. v. AngioDynamics, Inc.

On January 11, 2012, C.R. Bard, Inc. filed a suit in the United States District Court of Utah claiming certain of our implantable port products infringe on patents held by them. Bard is seeking unspecified damages and other relief. The Court denied Bard’s motion for pre-trial consolidation with separate actions it filed on the same day against Medical Components, Inc. and Smiths Medical ASD, Inc., but has asked for supplemental briefing on the issue of whether to conduct a common Markman hearing. We filed petitions for reexamination in the US Patent and Trademark Office which seek to invalidate all three patents asserted in the litigation. Our petitions have been granted and 40 of 41 patent claims have been rejected. The reexamination proceedings are on-going. The case has been stayed pending final resolution of the PTO process. We believe these claims are without merit and intend to defend them vigorously. We have not recorded an expense related to the outcome of this litigation because it is not yet possible to determine if a potential loss is probable nor reasonably estimable.

Cardinal Health v. Navilyst Medical, Inc.

On December 21, 2011, Cardinal Health Canada 204, Inc. (Cardinal Health) filed a demand for arbitration pursuant to the terms of the International Distributorship Agreement entered into as of November 1, 2008 between Navilyst and Cardinal Health. Cardinal Health claims that it is entitled to damages based on Navilyst’s decision to terminate the International Distributorship Agreement. The parties have entered into a written stipulation to stay the proceedings in this matter pending the outcome of a related litigation brought by Cardinal health against three of our current and former employees (all of whom are former employees of Cardinal Health) in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice (Cardinal Health Canada, Inc. vs. Alexander, Sohi & Campbell, Superior Court of Justice, Ontario, Canada, No. CV-11-440418 (the Ontario Litigation). If this matter proceeds following the stay, we intend to deny the allegations contained in the demand for arbitration and to advance counterclaims against Cardinal Health. Navilyst entered into a joint defense agreement with the defendants in the Ontario Litigation, pursuant to which Navilyst agreed, subject to certain conditions, to indemnify the defendants for all legal fees relating to the Ontario Litigation as well as any damages or cost awards arising out of the Ontario Litigation. While we intend to vigorously defend against these actions, each of these cases is in the preliminary stages and, as a result, the ultimate outcome of these cases and their potential financial impact are not determinable at this time.

Cirrex Systems LLC v. AngioDynamics, Inc.

On May 21, 2012, Cirrex Systems LLC filed a suit in the United States District Court of Georgia claiming that certain of our endovenous ablation products infringe a patent held by them. Cirrex was seeking unspecified damages and other relief. On October 3, 2012, we filed an answer denying infringement, asserting various affirmative defenses, and asserting counterclaims for a declaratory judgment of non-infringement and invalidity. On December 7, 2012, Cirrex voluntarily dismissed the suit.

Joseph Pierre v. AngioDynamics, Inc.

In July 2011, a former employee dual-filed a complaint with the New York State Division of Human Rights and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, entitled Joseph Pierre v. AngioDynamics, Inc. In this action, the former employee is alleging discrimination due to his status as an African-American, in light of him being reassigned to another project. At the conclusion of its investigation, the Division issued a finding of “no probable cause” on January 6, 2012 and dismissed the complaint. The complainant did not appeal the decision to

 

40


Table of Contents

preserve his New York Human Rights Law claims. On February 22, 2012, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission issued its determination adopting the decision of the Division and dismissing the charge. The complainant filed a federal claim following the EEOC’s decision in the United States District Court for the Northern District of New York on May 21, 2012. This complaint makes the same allegations of discrimination, and alleges causes of action under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act and 42 U.S.C. 1981. We believe these claims are without merit and intend to defend them vigorously. We have not recorded an expense related to the outcome of this litigation because it is not yet possible to determine if a potential loss is probable nor reasonably estimable.

We are party to other legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business. We believe that any liability resulting from any currently pending litigation will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

41


Table of Contents

Part II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Our common stock is traded on The Global Select Market tier of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (formerly the Nasdaq National Market), under the symbol “ANGO.”

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices for our common stock as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

     Sale Price  
     High      Low  

Year ended May 31, 2013

     

Fourth Quarter

   $ 12.62       $ 9.52   

Third Quarter

   $ 12.59       $ 10.27   

Second Quarter

   $ 12.91       $ 10.00   

First Quarter

   $ 12.55       $ 10.34   
     Sale Price  
     High      Low  

Year ended May 31, 2012

     

Fourth Quarter

   $ 13.21       $ 11.35   

Third Quarter

   $ 15.39       $ 12.05   

Second Quarter

   $ 16.39       $ 12.60   

First Quarter

   $ 16.00       $ 12.91   

As of July 31, 2013, there were 283 record holders of our common stock.

Dividends

We did not declare any cash dividends on our common stock during our last two fiscal years. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

Share Repurchase Program

On October 5, 2011, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20 million of our common stock, prior to May 31, 2012. In fiscal 2012, we purchased 142,305 shares at a cost of approximately $2.1 million.

 

42


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The graph below matches AngioDynamics, Inc.’s cumulative 5-Year total shareholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index, the RDG SmallCap Medical Devices index, and the NASDAQ Medical Equipment index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from 5/31/2008 to 5/31/2013. The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

 

LOGO

 

* $100 invested on 5/31/08 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

 

     ANGO      NASDAQ
Composite
     NASDAQ
Medical
Equipment
     RDG
SmallCap
Medical
Devices
 

5/31/08

     100.00         100.00         100.00         100.00   

8/31/08

     106.07         92.15         98.69         104.11   

11/30/08

     77.02         60.62         58.47         72.16   

2/28/09

     76.63         54.87         47.71         57.56   

5/31/09

     79.21         70.23         60.94         69.34   

8/31/09

     83.60         80.20         74.78         82.27   

11/30/09

     100.39         85.76         79.03         81.73   

2/28/10

     104.97         89.07         90.53         92.96   

5/31/10

     95.35         89.88         87.58         92.68   

8/31/10

     98.26         85.05         77.17         85.55   

11/30/10

     90.19         100.65         84.60         91.71   

2/28/11

     108.59         112.58         100.75         107.58   

5/31/11

     101.36         115.07         109.22         119.15   

8/31/11

     92.96         105.21         98.36         102.99   

11/30/11

     97.61         107.20         100.96         99.74   

2/29/12

     84.05         121.08         113.81         108.41   

5/31/12

     77.73         115.70         109.32         103.32   

8/31/12

     73.85         126.06         112.15         108.96   

11/30/12

     68.04         124.30         114.05         105.48   

2/28/13

     79.99         131.05         116.46         110.98   

5/31/13

     70.24         143.89         119.77         122.90   

 

43


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data

You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2013, May 31, 2012, and May 31, 2011, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012, are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2010 and May 31, 2009, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of May 31, 2011, May 31, 2010 and May 31, 2009, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report on Form 10-K. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for future periods. See Note A of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a description of the method that we used to compute our historical basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

    Year ended  
    (Amounts in thousands, except per share information)  
    May 31, 2013
(b) (c)
    May 31, 2012
(b) (f) (g)
    May 31, 2011
(b) (e)
    May 31,  2010
(b)
    May 31, 2009
(b) (d)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Net sales

  $ 342,026      $ 221,787      $ 215,750      $ 216,035      $ 195,054   

Cost of sales

    173,037        95,829        90,047        89,066        74,989   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    168,989        125,958        125,703        126,969        120,065   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

         

Research and development

    26,319        20,511        21,373        19,275        17,914   

Sales and marketing

    76,121        64,505        58,123        60,923        57,797   

General and administrative

    26,127        18,334        17,828        16,437        19,124   

Amortization of intangibles

    16,345        9,406        9,234        9,463        9,126   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

    1,583        —          —          —          —     

Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net

    13,800        16,164        7,182        —          —     

Medical device excise tax

    1,600        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    161,895        128,920        113,740        106,098        103,961   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    7,094        (2,962     11,963        20,871        16,104   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expenses) income

         

Interest income

    103        1,090        737        713        1,559   

Interest expense

    (5,271     (508     (499     (672     (731

Other (expenses) income

    (2,569     (2,902     (1,503     (1,293     (1,780
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expenses) income, net

    (7,737     (2,320     (1,265     (1,252     (952
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income tax provision

    (643     (5,282     10,698        19,619        15,152   

Income tax (benefit) provision

    (31     (188     2,581        7,307        5,220   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (612   $ (5,094   $ 8,117      $ 12,312      $ 9,932   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) earnings per share

         

Basic

  $ (0.02   $ (0.20   $ 0.33      $ 0.50      $ 0.41   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.02   $ (0.20   $ 0.32      $ 0.50      $ 0.41   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in per share calculation:

         

Basic

    34,817,279        25,382,293        24,870,005        24,580,483        24,363,234   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    34,817,279        25,382,293        25,132,763        24,786,841        24,512,670   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents
    As of  
    May 31,
2013
    May 31,
2012
    May 31,
2011
    May 31,
2010
    May 31,
2009
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

         

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities (a)

  $ 23,955      $ 40,078      $ 131,542      $ 100,074      $ 68,187   

Working capital

    78,079        103,816        168,798        145,334        118,899   

Total assets

    791,584        721,769        437,421        423,925        408,703   

Non-current liabilities

    135,000        142,500        6,275        6,550        6,810   

Retained earnings

    29,563        30,175        35,269        27,152        14,840   

Total stockholders’ equity

    526,830        523,520        405,639        391,349        372,194   

 

(a) Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities include auction-rate investments of $1,850,000 at May 31, 2013, May 31, 2012, May 31, 2011, May 31, 2010, and May 31, 2009, and escrow receivable of $2,500,000 at May 31, 2012.

 

(b) Fiscal years 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 included the impact of stock based compensation expense from our adoption of authoritative guidance for share based payment awards and the impact on operating income was approximately $4.6 million, $4.1 million, $ 4.6 million, $4.9 million and $5.8 million, respectively. The impact on net income was approximately $3.0 million or $0.09 per basic and diluted share for fiscal 2013, $2.7 million or $0.11 per basic and diluted share for fiscal 2012, $2.9 million or $0.12 per basic and diluted share for fiscal 2011, $3.1 million or $0.13 per basic and diluted share for fiscal 2010 and $3.7 million or $0.15 per basic and diluted share for fiscal 2009. See Notes A and M to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

(c) The fiscal 2013 results included, in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net”, $7.6 million in transaction and related costs of the Navilyst and Mircrosulis acquisitions, $2.5 million in costs associated with the closure of the Cambridge, UK facility, $1.6 million in impairment costs associated with the discontinuance of a product offering and $1.4 million in litigation costs.

 

(d) To conform to the fiscal 2010 presentation, fiscal 2009 results included reclassifications made to include strategic business unit management in marketing costs. The reclassifications resulted in an increase in marketing costs and a decrease in general and administrative costs of $1 million in fiscal 2009.

 

(e) The fiscal 2011 results included, in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net”, $7.2 million of impairment charges related to our decision to not continue development of the Medron Lightport technology, the write down of Centros prepaid royalties due to lower than anticipated sales and executive transition costs.

 

(f) The fiscal 2012 results included, in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net”, $11.2 million in cost related to the Navilyst acquisition, $2.3 million in CEO and executive transition costs, $1.8 million in costs associated with closing the UK facility, $604 thousand related to the Microsulis strategic partnership, $465 thousand in costs related to patent litigation, partially offset by $201 thousand from the sale of the Centros product line.

 

(g) In addition to the costs related to the Navilyst acquisition defined in the preceding note, our balance sheet as of May 31, 2012 was impacted by the acquisition which was financed through the issuance of approximately 9.5 million shares of our common stock, $150 million in debt financing and $97 million in cash. Additionally, at May 31, 2012, we had $2.5 million in escrow receivable and $2.4 million in net deferred financing costs, recorded as a component of other assets, on our balance sheet. See Note A to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.

 

45


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations

The following information should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and other information included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report on Form 10-K, including the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements regarding AngioDynamics’ expected future financial position, results of operations, cash flows, business strategy, budgets, projected costs, capital expenditures, products, competitive positions, growth opportunities, plans and objectives of management for future operations, as well as statements that include the words such as “expects,” “reaffirms” “intends,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” or variations of such words and similar expressions, are forward-looking statements. These forward looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Investors are cautioned that actual events or results may differ from our expectations. Factors that may affect the actual results include, without limitation, our ability to develop our existing and new products, future actions by the FDA or other regulatory agencies, results of pending or future clinical trials, the results of ongoing litigation, overall economic conditions, general market conditions, market acceptance, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, the effects on pricing from group purchasing organizations and competition, as well as our ability to integrate purchased businesses as well as the risk factors listed in Item 1A of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Although we believe that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained herein are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K will prove to be accurate. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included herein, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that our objectives and plans will be achieved. Any forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and, as such, speak only as of the date made. We disclaim any obligation to update the forward-looking statements. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements which speak only as of the date stated, or if no date is stated, as of the date of this document.

Overview

We design, manufacture and sell a wide range of medical, surgical and diagnostic devices used by professional healthcare providers for vascular access, for the treatment of peripheral vascular disease and for use in oncology and surgical settings. Our devices are generally used in minimally invasive, image-guided procedures. Most of our products are intended to be used once and then discarded, or they may be temporarily implanted for short- or long-term use.

Effective June 1, 2012, we consider our business to be a single segment entity – the development, manufacture and sale on a global basis of medical devices for vascular access, surgery, peripheral vascular disease and oncology. Our chief operating decision maker (CEO) evaluates the various global product portfolios on a net sales basis. Executives reporting in to the CEO include those responsible for operations and supply chain management, research and development, sales, franchise marketing and certain corporate functions. The CEO evaluates profitability, investment and cash flow metrics on a consolidated worldwide basis due to shared infrastructure and resources. Prior to fiscal year 2013, our business was organized as two segments: Vascular and Oncology/Surgery, each under the direction of a general manager with direct responsibility for all sales, marketing and product development activities.

 

46


Table of Contents

Our principal competitive advantages are our dedicated market focus, established brands and innovative products. We believe our dedicated focus enhances patient care and engenders loyalty among our customers. As a provider of interventional devices for over two decades, we believe we have established AngioDynamics’ brands as premium performance products. We collaborate frequently with leading interventional physicians in developing our products and rely on these relationships to further support our brands.

For the past five fiscal years, over 95% of our net sales were from single-use, disposable products.

The following table sets forth our aggregate net sales from the following product categories for our last three fiscal years ending May 31,:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     Net Sales      % of
Net Sales
    Net Sales      % of
Net Sales
    Net Sales      % of
Net Sales
 

Peripheral Vascular

   $ 188,181         55   $ 95,200         43   $ 86,992         40

Access

     106,690         31     63,857         29     62,530         29
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vascular

     294,871         86     159,057         72     149,522         69

Oncology/Surgery

     47,155         14     62,730         28     66,228         31
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 342,026         100   $ 221,787         100   $ 215,750         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

We sell our products in the United States through a direct sales force and outside the U.S. through a combination of direct sales and distributor relationships. For fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, net sales outside the U.S. were 20%, 15% and 12%, respectively.

Our growth depends in large part on the continuous introduction of new and innovative products, together with ongoing enhancements to our existing products, through internal product development, technology licensing and strategic alliances. We recognize the importance of, and intend to continue to make investments in, research and development. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, our research and development (“R&D”) expenditures were $26.3 million, $20.5 million and $21.4 million, respectively, and constituted 7.7%, 9.2% and 9.9%, respectively, of net sales. R&D expenses include costs to develop new products, enhance existing products, validate new and enhanced products, manage clinical, regulatory and medical affairs and our intellectual property.

We are also seeking to grow through selective acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies. In January 2007, we completed the acquisition of RITA Medical Systems, Inc., or RITA, which established our position, we believe, as the only company focused on minimally-invasive treatments for cancer patients with an emphasis on the growing segment of interventional oncology. The acquisition created a diversified medical technology company with a broad line of access, diagnostic and therapeutic products that enable interventional physicians and surgeons to treat vascular disease and cancerous tumors. Interventional oncology continues to be a large and growing market. In addition, in May 2008 we acquired the Nanoknife ablation system which is complementary to our diverse offering of local oncology therapies, including market-leading RFA systems and Habib Sealer resection devices. In June 2008, we completed the acquisition of certain U.S. and U.K. assets of Diomed, Inc. With this acquisition, we substantially strengthened our position in the market for the treatment of varicose veins. The combination of endovenous laser products with our existing venous product line provides us with a comprehensive venous product offering. In May 2012, we completed the acquisition of Navilyst, providing us with entry into the fluid management business with a market leading product line and significantly enhancing our presence in the vascular access market. On October 15, 2012, we acquired all the outstanding capital stock of Vortex Medical, Inc., a privately-held company focused on the development and commercialization of medical devices for venous drainage and the removal of thrombus, or blood clots, from occluded blood vessels. On March 22, 2012, we established a strategic relationship with, and on February 1, 2013, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of, Microsulis Medical Ltd., a U.K. based company specializing in minimally-invasive microwave ablation technology.

 

47


Table of Contents

Except to the extent we can further use our cash on hand, revolver capacity or equity securities as acquisition capital, we will require additional equity or debt financing to fund any future significant acquisitions.

For fiscal 2013, approximately 15% of our product sales were derived from products manufactured for us by third parties, compared with 27% for fiscal 2012, and 32% for fiscal 2011. The percentage decrease in fiscal 2013 was due to the increase in revenue from Navilyst products combined with decreased sales of LC Beads, a product which we ceased distributing on December 31, 2011. The decrease in fiscal 2012 was primarily attributable to the aforementioned decreased sales of LC Beads. We intend to manufacture more products in-house to lower product costs and increase profitability.

Our ability to increase our profitability will depend in large part on improving gross profit margins. Factors such as changes in our product mix, new technologies and unforeseen price pressures may cause our margins to grow at a slower rate than we have anticipated or to decline.

Recent Developments

Acquisition of Microsulis Medical Ltd.

On March 22, 2012, we established a strategic relationship with Microsulis Medical Ltd. (“Microsulis”), a U.K.-based company specializing in minimally-invasive, microwave ablation technology for the coagulation of soft tissue.

The relationship included an initial $5 million investment in Microsulis through the purchase of senior preferred stock, representing a 14.3% ownership position, exclusive distribution rights to market and sell their microwave ablation systems in all markets outside the United States from May 2012 through December 2013, and an exclusive option to purchase at any time until September 22, 2013, substantially all of the global assets of Microsulis Medical, Ltd.

On February 1, 2013, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of Microsulis, which we have accounted for as a business combination, for cash payments at closing totaling $10.0 million, subject to a working capital adjustment, a $5.0 million payment due on December 31, 2013 and potential additional cash consideration payable upon performance over the next nine years. We also assumed $1.6 million of liabilities.

The total estimated purchase consideration of $33.6 million included the initial investment of $5.0 million, closing payments totaling $10.5 million, a $5.0 million payment due on December 31, 2013 and the estimated fair value of contingent consideration (Earn out) of $13.2 million. The estimated fair value of contingent consideration is based on projected net sales over the nine year period following the closing of the acquisition. The amount of the Earn out consideration that could be paid on net sales is not limited.

The estimated purchase consideration exceeded the fair value of the acquired net assets by $19.3 million and was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. Core technologies are being amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from 10 to 15 years. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2013, we incurred acquisition related costs of $312 thousand, which were expensed to “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. We have not finalized the purchase accounting, which may be adjusted as further information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Acquisition of Vortex Medical Inc.

On October 15, 2012, we acquired all the outstanding capital stock of Vortex Medical, Inc., a privately-held company focused on the development and commercialization of medical devices for venous drainage and the removal of thrombus, or blood clots, from occluded blood vessels. Vortex’s principal product is the AngioVac ® system, which includes the AngioVac Cannula and Circuit. The AngioVac Cannula has a proprietary balloon-

 

48


Table of Contents

actuated, expandable, funnel-shaped distal tip that enhances flow, prevents clogging of the cannula and facilitates en bloc, or whole removal of undesirable intravascular material. Both the AngioVac Cannula and Circuit are FDA-cleared for use during extracorporeal bypass for up to 6 hours. An application for CE Mark approval has been filed.

The total estimated purchase consideration of $75.3 million included an upfront payment of $15.1 million and the estimated fair value of contingent (Earn out) consideration of $60.3 million, $40 million of which is guaranteed. The estimated fair value of contingent consideration is based on projected AngioVac net sales in the ten year period following the closing. The amount of the Earn out consideration that could be paid on AngioVac net sales is not limited.

The estimated purchase consideration exceeded the fair value of the acquired net assets by $29.5 million and was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Core technologies are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of approximately 15 years as revenues are earned from the sales of related products. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2013, we incurred acquisition related costs of $645 thousand, which were expensed to “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. We have not finalized the purchase accounting, which may be adjusted as further information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Acquisition of Navilyst

On May, 22, 2012, we completed the acquisition of privately-held Navilyst, a global medical device company with strengths in the vascular access, interventional radiology and interventional cardiology markets. The acquisition and related transaction costs were financed through the issuance of approximately 9.5 million shares of our common stock, $150 million in drawn acquisition debt financing and $97 million of cash. Based on the closing price of our stock of $12.44 on the day prior to the transaction, the purchase price was approximately $361 million.

The fiscal year ended May 31, 2013 and 2012, included $7.3 million and $11.2 million, respectively, in transaction and severance costs related to the Navilyst acquisition. These costs are included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. Investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners, former owners of Navilyst, received approximately 9.5 million shares of our common stock and, as of May 31, 2013, held approximately 27% of our outstanding shares. Investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners entered into a stockholders agreement with us as part of the transaction and also appointed two additional directors to our existing Board of Directors.

To satisfy any working capital adjustment and potential indemnification claims that may arise, $19.1 million of purchase consideration had been placed in escrow, including approximately $14.0 million in cash and approximately 415 thousand shares of common stock, determined based on the closing price of $12.44 on the day prior to the transaction. The indemnification claims period will terminate on July 15, 2013. At May 31, 2012, we had $2.5 million of receivable related to the working capital adjustment recorded as escrow receivable on the balance sheet. During the third fiscal quarter of 2013, we received $2.5 million of cash from the escrow fund to satisfy this receivable.

Goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition was $144.7 million. Intangible assets acquired, other than goodwill, totaled approximately $107.1 million, of which $49.4 million has been identified as customer relationships (15-year weighted average useful life), $32.5 million of trademarks (of which $28.6 million has been determined to have an indefinite useful life and the remaining $3.9 million has a 7 year weighted average useful life), $15.1 million of in-process research and development (indefinite useful life until completed) and $10.1 million of technology (6-year weighted average useful life).

The IPR&D assets, which were accounted for as indefinite-lived assets at the time of acquisition, represent the development of a biomedical polymer additive for use in PICC and other vascular access product lines and a power injectable port which are valued at $12.1 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The biomedical polymer

 

49


Table of Contents

additive product recently received regulatory approval and the product was released in the United States in October 2012 and is being amortized over a 10 year useful life. The power injectable port is expected to be released in the United States in fiscal 2014, subject to regulatory approvals. The fair value of these intangible assets was determined based upon the present value of expected future cash flows adjusted for the probability of technological and commercial risk, utilizing a risk-adjusted discount rate.

Discontinuance of Benephit Product Offering

During the third fiscal quarter of 2013, we made the decision to discontinue our Benephit product offering. Accordingly, we recorded $1.6 million of expenses during the year ended May 31, 2013. These costs are included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations.

Closure of UK facility

During the first fiscal quarter of 2012, we made the decision to close our Cambridge, UK facility and transfer the production of lasers to our Queensbury, NY facility. We completed the transfer in January 2013. The total cost of this project was approximately $4.3 million. The statement of operations for the year ended May 31, 2013 included charges of $2.5 million for costs incurred associated with this closure and included $1.8 million for fiscal 2012. The charge is included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations.

Regulatory Matters

On May 27, 2011, we received a Warning Letter from FDA in connection with its inspection of our Queensbury, NY manufacturing facility. In the Warning Letter, FDA cited deficiencies in the response letter we provided FDA pertaining to the inspection that occurred from January 4 to January 13, 2011. The deficiencies related to our internal procedures for medical device reporting, corrections and removals and complaint handling. We responded to the Warning Letter and completed corrective and preventive actions to address the observations noted.

In December 2011, we initiated a comprehensive Quality Call to Action Program to review and augment our Quality Management Systems at our Queensbury facility. To accelerate implementation of the program, we engaged a team of external regulatory and quality experts and reallocated a significant number of engineering and product development resources to support this corporate initiative. From inception of the Quality Call to Action Program through fiscal 2013, we have incurred $3.2 million in direct costs associated with the program.

On February 10, 2012, we received from FDA a Form 483, List of Investigational Observations, in connection with its inspection of our Queensbury facility from November 14, 2011 to February 10, 2012. The Form 483 contained 12 observations related to, among other things, our CAPA (Corrective and Preventive Action) system, MDR (Medical Device Reporting), complaint investigation, corrections and removals, acceptance criteria and training. Some of the observations contained in the Form 483 were repeat observations from the May 27, 2011 Warning Letter.

On February 13, 2012, we received from FDA a Form 483 in connection with its inspection of our Fremont facility from January 12, 2012 to February 13, 2012. The Form 483 contained six observations related to, among other things, our CAPA system, design controls, risk management and training. We provided responses to FDA within 15 business days of our receipt of the Form 483s.

On September 24, 2012, we received from FDA a Form 483 in connection with its subsequent inspection of our Queensbury, NY facility from September 6 to September 14, and September 19 to September 24. This re-inspection followed our response to the original Form 483 issued by FDA on February 13, 2012. The Form 483 contained 5 observations related to 510(k) decisions, complaint investigations, acceptance criteria, corrective and preventive actions and training. All but one of the observations in the Form 483 related to events that occurred

 

50


Table of Contents

before the date that we had indicated to FDA in our previous responses that our corrective and remediation activities related to our Quality Call to Action would be completed. We provided responses to FDA within 15 business days of our receipt of the Form 483.

On November 28, 2012, FDA completed an inspection of our Manchester, GA facility and no Form 483 observations were issued.

In June 2013, we received approval from FDA to conduct a clinical trial to study the use of the NanoKnife in the treatment of focal prostate cancer. We are moving forward with institutional review board (IRB) submissions and anticipate commencing patient enrollment during our second quarter of fiscal 2014, which ends November 30, 2013.

We will continue to work closely with FDA to resolve any outstanding issues. Unless the items raised in the previously disclosed Warning Letters and Form 483s are corrected to FDA’s satisfaction or we come to some other arrangement with FDA finally resolving such matters, we may be subject to additional regulatory or legal action, including the issuance of warning letters, injunction, seizure or recall of products, imposition of fines or penalties or operating restrictions on our facilities. Such actions could significantly disrupt our ongoing business and operations and have a material adverse impact on our financial position and operating results.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are summarized in Note A to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. While all these significant accounting policies affect the reporting of our financial condition and results of operations, we view certain of these policies as critical. Policies determined to be critical are those policies that have the most significant impact on our financial statements and require us to use a greater degree of judgment and/or estimates. Actual results may differ from those estimates. The accounting policies identified as critical are as follows:

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as outlined in the SEC’s authoritative guidance on revenue recognition which requires that four basic criteria be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) the price is fixed or determinable; (iii) collectability is reasonably assured; and (iv) product delivery has occurred or services have been rendered. Decisions relative to criterion (iii) regarding collectability are based upon our judgments, as discussed under “Accounts Receivable” below, and should conditions change in the future and cause us to determine this criterion is not met; our results of operations may be affected. We recognize revenue, net of sales taxes assessed by any governmental authority, as products are shipped, based on F.O.B. shipping point terms when title and risk of loss passes to customers. We negotiate shipping and credit terms on a customer-by-customer basis and products are shipped at an agreed upon price. All product returns must be pre-approved by us and customers may be subject to a 20% restocking charge. To be accepted, a returned product must be unadulterated, undamaged and have at least 12 months remaining prior to its expiration date.

We chose to early adopt, effective with the third quarter of fiscal 2010, updated authoritative guidance for revenue recognition relating to the accounting treatment for revenue arrangements that involve more than one deliverable or unit of accounting. At the same time, we also adopted the updated guidance relating to certain revenue arrangements that include software elements. Neither of these had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable, principally trade, are generally due within 30 to 90 days and are stated at amounts due from customers, net of an allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts. We perform ongoing credit

 

51


Table of Contents

evaluations of our customers and adjust credit limits based upon payment history and the customer’s current creditworthiness, as determined by a review of their current credit information. We continuously monitor aging reports, collections and payments from customers, and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that we identify. While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that the same credit loss rates will be experienced in the future. We write off accounts receivable when they are determined to be uncollectible. For fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, our write offs of accounts receivable have been insignificant.

Income Taxes

In preparing our financial statements, we calculate income tax expense for each jurisdiction in which we operate. This involves estimating actual current taxes due plus assessing temporary differences arising from differing treatment for tax and accounting purposes that are recorded as deferred tax assets and liabilities. We periodically evaluate deferred tax assets, capital loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards to determine their recoverability based primarily on our ability to generate future taxable income and capital gains. Where their recovery is not likely, we estimate a valuation allowance and record a corresponding additional tax expense in our statement of operations. If actual results differ from our estimates due to changes in assumptions, the provision for income taxes could be materially affected. As of May 31, 2013, our valuation allowance and net deferred tax asset were approximately $0.7 million and $17.6 million, respectively. We have a total of $166.5 million of Federal net operating loss carryforwards and $181.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards remaining from acquisitions. These losses could be significantly limited under Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 382. Our analysis of acquisitions’ ownership changes as defined in IRC Section 382 shows that approximately $31.1 million of remaining Federal net operating losses and $27.2 million of remaining state net operating losses will expire prior to utilization. The gross deferred tax asset related to the net operating losses reflects this limitation.

In order to ensure the realizability of our deferred tax assets, we need to generate $9.2 million of taxable income for the next ten years and then $5.4 million of taxable income for the final eight years of the remaining eighteen year carryforward period. If we are unable to meet these minimum taxable levels, the deferred tax assets may still be utilized in future years if we can make up previous year taxable income short falls prior to the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards. We have determined that we have sufficient existing levels of pre-tax earnings to generate sufficient taxable income to realize the net deferred tax assets recorded on our balance sheets.

In order to support the realizability of our net deferred tax asset, we projected our pre-tax income utilizing a combination of historical and projected results. Utilizing this projected pre-tax income, we have projected taxable income taking into consideration existing levels of permanent differences including stock option exercise deductions and non-deductible expenses and the reversal of significant temporary differences.

Our Federal net operating loss carryforwards as of May 31, 2013, after considering IRC Section 382 limitations, are $135.4 million. The expiration of the Federal net operating loss carryforwards are as follows: $20.8 million between 2017 and 2021, $9.9 million between 2022 and 2023 and $104.7 million between 2017 and 2031.

Our state net operating loss carryforwards as of May 31, 2013 after considering remaining IRC Section 382 limitations are $154.7 million which expire in various years from 2027 to 2031.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business we are subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed an examination of our Federal income tax returns for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 in February 2009 which did not result in a material impact on our results of operations or financial position. During fiscal year 2012, New York State completed an examination of our New York State Franchise Tax

 

52


Table of Contents

returns for fiscal years 2005 to 2008. In relation to this examination, income tax expense in fiscal 2011 includes an out-of-period benefit of $300,000 to correct an error that originated in prior years related to certain state tax credits. Additionally, as a result of the audit, we were able to claim state tax credits of $210,000 that are recorded in fiscal year 2012. Fiscal years 2010 through 2013 remain open to examination by the various tax authorities. New York State is currently auditing Navilyst’s franchise tax filings for 2009 through 2011, we do not anticipate any material adjustments will result. We analyzed filing positions in all of the Federal and state jurisdictions where we are required to file income taxes, as well as all open tax years in these jurisdictions and believe that our income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and we do not anticipate any adjustments will result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We do not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change in the next twelve months.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (at standard cost which approximates the first-in, first-out method) or market. On a quarterly basis, we review inventory quantities on hand and analyze the provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on product expiration dating and our estimated sales forecast, which is based on sales history, and anticipated future demand. Our estimates of future product demand may not be accurate and we may understate or overstate the provision required for excess and obsolete inventory. Accordingly, any significant unanticipated changes in demand could have a significant impact on the value of our inventory and results of operations. In conjunction with the Navilyst acquisition, the acquired inventory was stepped up to its net realizable value and was expensed in cost of goods sold in the statement of operations based on inventory turns.

Property, Plant and Equipment

We state property, plant and equipment at cost, less accumulated depreciation, and depreciate these assets using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. We determine this based on our estimates of the period over which the assets will generate revenue. We evaluate these assets for impairment annually or as changes in circumstances or the occurrence of events suggest the remaining value is not recoverable. Any change in condition that would cause us to change our estimate of the useful lives of a group or class of assets may result in impairment and/or significantly affect depreciation expense on a prospective basis.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets other than goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range between three and twenty years, on either a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit or as revenues are earned from the sales of the related products. We periodically review the estimated useful lives of our intangible assets and review such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Our determination of impairment is based on estimates of future cash flows. If an intangible asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of the impairment will equal the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.

Acquired IPR&D has an indefinite life and is not amortized until completion and development of the project, at which time the IPR&D becomes an amortizable asset. If the related project is not completed in a timely manner or the project is terminated or abandoned, we may have an impairment related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value.

Our policy defines IPR&D as the value assigned to those projects for which the related products have not received regulatory approval and have no alternative future use. Determining the portion of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D requires us to make significant estimates. The amount of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D is determined by estimating the future cash flows of each project or technology and discounting the net

 

53


Table of Contents

cash flows back to their present values. The discount rate used is determined at the time of measurement in accordance with accepted valuation methods. These methodologies include consideration of the risk of the project not achieving commercial feasibility.

At the time of acquisition, we expect that all acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that the commercial viability of these products will actually be achieved. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technologies into commercially viable products consists principally of planning, designing, and conducting clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approvals. The risks associated with achieving commercialization include, but are not limited to, delay or failure to obtain regulatory approvals to conduct clinical trials, delay or failure to obtain required market clearances, or delays or issues with patent issuance, or validity and litigation. If commercial viability were not achieved, we would likely look to other alternatives to provide these therapies.

Goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but rather, are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. Goodwill and intangible assets have been recorded at either incurred or allocated cost. Allocated costs were based on respective fair market values at the date of acquisition. We have one intangible asset which has been assigned an indefinite life, the NAMIC trademark that was recently acquired as part of our acquisition of Navilyst, and is valued at $28.6 million.

For goodwill, the impairment test requires a comparison of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned to the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of that unit. If the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is reduced to its implied fair value through an adjustment to the goodwill balance, resulting in an impairment charge. Our determination of impairment is based on estimates of future cash flows. Effective June 1, 2012, we consider our business to be a single operating segment entity – the development, manufacture and sale on a global basis of medical devices for vascular access, surgery, peripheral vascular disease and oncology.

Stock-based compensation

We recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to our employees and directors including employee stock options and employee stock purchases related to our Stock Purchase Plan based on estimated fair values. We recognize compensation expense for our stock awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period.

For fiscal 2013, stock based compensation was $4.6 million pre-tax ($3.0 million after tax). For fiscal 2012, stock based compensation was $4.1 million pre-tax ($2.7 million after tax). For fiscal 2011, stock based compensation was $4.6 million pre-tax ($2.9 million after tax).

 

54


Table of Contents

Under the provisions of the guidance adopted, we expect to recognize the following future expense for awards granted prior to May 31, 2013 ($ in thousands):

 

     Unrecognized
Compensation
Cost
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Vesting
Period
(in years)
 

Stock options

   $ 4,596         2.39   

Non-vested stock awards

   $ 4,091         2.54   
  

 

 

    
   $ 8,687         2.45   
  

 

 

    

Unrecognized compensation cost for stock options is presented net of 12% assumed annual forfeitures.

The amount of stock-based compensation recognized is based on the value of the portion of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The term “forfeitures” is distinct from “cancellations” or “expirations” and represents only the unvested portion of the surrendered option. We currently expect, based on an analysis of our historical forfeitures, that approximately 88% of our options will vest annually, and we have therefore applied a 12% annual forfeiture rate in determining the stock-based compensation charge recorded. We will re-evaluate this estimate periodically and adjust the forfeiture rate on a prospective basis as necessary. Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those shares that actually vest.

For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2013, May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011, we used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (“Black-Scholes”) as our method of valuation and a single option award approach. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. The fair value of share based payment awards on the date of the grant as determined by the Black-Scholes model is affected by our stock price as well as other assumptions. These assumptions include, but are not limited to the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, and a risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on factual data derived from public sources. The expected stock-price volatility and option life assumptions require significant judgment which makes them critical accounting estimates.

We utilize our historical volatility when estimating expected stock price volatility. We use yield rates on U.S. Treasury securities for a period approximating the expected term of the award to estimate the risk-free interest rate. The expected term is based on our actual historical results. The dividend yield is based on the history and expectation of dividend payments. We have not paid dividends in the past nor do we expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Our historical data includes information from May 27, 2004, the date of our initial public offering.

 

55


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Our operating results for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 are expressed as a percentage of total net sales in the following table.

 

     Years ended  
     May 31, 2013     May 31, 2012     May 31, 2011  

Net sales

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of sales

     50.6     43.2     41.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     49.4     56.8     58.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Research and development

     7.7     9.2     9.9

Sales and marketing

     22.3     29.1     26.9

General and administrative

     7.6     8.3     8.3

Amortization of intangibles

     4.8     4.2     4.3

Change is fair value of contingent consideration

     0.5     0.0     0.0

Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net

     4.0     7.3     3.3

Medical device excise tax

     0.5     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     47.3     58.1     52.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     2.1     (1.3 %)      5.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expenses) income

      

Interest income

     0.0     0.5     0.3

Interest expense

     (1.5 %)      (0.2 %)      (0.2 %) 

Other expense

     (0.8 %)      (1.3 %)      (0.7 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expenses) income, net

     (2.3 %)      (1.0 %)      (0.6 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income tax provision

     (0.2 %)      (2.4 %)      5.0

Income tax (benefit) provision

     (0.0 %)      (0.1 %)      1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (0.2 %)      (2.3 %)      3.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For fiscal 2013, we reported a net loss of $0.6 million, or ($0.02) loss per basic and diluted common share, on net sales of $342.0 million compared with the fiscal 2012 results of a net loss of $5.1 million, or ($0. 20) loss per basic and diluted common share, on net sales of $221.8 million. The fiscal 2011 results reported net income of $8.1 million, or $0.32 per diluted common share, on net sales of $215.8 million. The fiscal 2013 results included $7.6 million in acquisition costs, $2.5 million in costs associated with the closure of the Cambridge, UK facility, $1.6 million in impairment costs associated with a discontinuance of a product offering and $1.4 million in litigation costs. The fiscal 2012 results included acquisition costs of $11.8 million, $2.3 million in CEO and executive transition costs, and $1.8 million related to the pending closure of the UK facility. The fiscal 2011 results included $7.2 million of impairment charges related to our decision to not continue development of the Medron Lightport technology and the write down of Centros prepaid royalties due to lower than anticipated sales.

Gross profit was 49.4% in fiscal 2013, 56.8% in fiscal 2012 and 58.3% in fiscal 2011. Fiscal 2013 gross margin was reduced by $3.8 million of acquired inventory basis step-up related to our recent acquisition activity and approximately $0.9 million relating to our Quality Call to Action program. Fiscal 2012 gross margin was reduced by approximately $2.8 million in product recall costs and approximately $2.3 million in costs relating to the Quality Call to Action program.

For 2012 and 2011, we were able to use net operating losses (“NOLs”) accumulated by acquired companies to offset the amount of cash we paid for Federal and state income taxes. The cash benefit amounted to approximately $1.1 million and $3.2 million for the years ended May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011. We did not use

 

56


Table of Contents

net operating losses in 2013. Under purchase accounting rules, the use of acquired NOLs is accounted for in deferred tax assets; therefore, the related cash tax savings is not reflected in our provision for income taxes in the statements of operations.

Fiscal years ended May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

Net sales. Net sales are derived from the sale of our products and related freight charges, less discounts and estimated sales returns and allowances. Net sales for fiscal 2013 of $342.0 million, increased 54% over fiscal 2012 sales of $221.8 million. This increase was primarily attributable to sales of products acquired in the Navilyst acquisition and microwave products, partially offset by the absence of LC Beads sales following the end of distribution rights on December 31, 2011. LC Bead sales were $21.3 million during fiscal 2012.

From a product line perspective, Peripheral Vascular sales increased $93.0 million or 98% from the prior year period to $188.2 million. This increase was primarily attributable to sales of Navilyst fluid management products. Vascular Access sales were $106.7 million, an increase of $42.8 million or 67% from the prior year period. This increase is attributable to sales of Navilyst PICCs and port products. Oncology/Surgery sales were $47.2 million, a decrease of 25% from the prior year. The decrease was primarily attributed to the decrease in LC Beads sales described earlier, partially offset by increased Nanoknife and Microwave product sales. Nanoknife sales totaled $12.8 million in fiscal 2013 and $11.6 million in fiscal 2012.

From a geographic perspective, U.S. sales increased 46% to $274.8 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $188.2 million in fiscal 2012, despite the cessation of the distribution of LC Beads in December 2011. The addition of product revenue from the Navilyst acquisition was the primary driver of the increase. International sales were $ 67.2 million in fiscal 2013, double the $33.6 million of reported sales in fiscal 2012. Products acquired in the Navilyst acquisition were responsible for the majority of the increase along with Microwave product sales.

Gross profit. Gross profit consists of net sales less the cost of goods sold, which includes the costs of materials, products purchased from third parties and sold by us, manufacturing personnel, royalties, freight, business insurance, depreciation of property and equipment and other manufacturing overhead. Our gross profit as a percentage of sales was 49.4% in fiscal 2013 compared with 56.8% in fiscal 2012. The decrease in gross profit percentage in fiscal 2013 was primarily attributable to $3.8 million in costs for step-up in inventory associated with the Navilyst acquisition and a full year inclusions of the Navilyst products which yield lower gross profit.

Research and development expenses. Research and development (“R&D”) expenses include costs to develop new products, enhance existing products, validate new and enhanced products, manage clinical, regulatory and medical affairs and our intellectual property. R&D expenses increased by $5.8 million, or 28%, to $26.3 million in fiscal 2013 compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily due to increased R&D personnel and projects following the Navilyst acquisition. As a percentage of net sales, R&D expenses were 7.7% for fiscal 2013, compared to 9.2% for fiscal 2012.

Sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing (“S&M”) expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions, travel and related business expenses, attendance at medical society meetings, product promotions and samples. S&M expenses increased $11.6 million or 18% to $76.1 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $64.5 million in fiscal 2012. This increase is primarily due to the addition of Navilyst sales and marketing personnel and increased International sales expenses as we continue to expand our International business. As a percentage of net sales, S&M expenses were 22.3% for fiscal 2013 compared to 29.1% for fiscal 2012.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses includes the cost of executive management, finance, accounting, legal, human resources and information technology and the administrative and professional costs associated with those activities. G&A expenses increased $7.8 million, or

 

57


Table of Contents

43%, to $26.1 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $18.3 million in fiscal 2012 primarily due to the addition of Navilyst personnel. G&A expenses decreased to 7.6% of net sales in fiscal 2013 compared to 8.3% of net sales in fiscal 2012.

Amortization of intangibles. Amortization of intangibles was $16.3 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $9.4 million in fiscal 2012. The $6.9 million increase was primarily related to amortization of intangibles acquired in the Navilyst acquisition.

Change in fair value of contingent consideration. The fiscal 2013 results include expense of $1.6 million related to the change in fair value of the contingent consideration associated with the Vortex and Microsulis acquisitions. There were no similar contingent consideration arrangements in the prior year period.

Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net. Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net totaled $13.8 million in fiscal 2013 and primarily includes $7.6 million in transaction and related costs of the Navilyst and Microsulis acquisitions, $2.5 million in costs associated with the closure of the Cambridge, UK facility, $1.6 million in impairment costs associated with a discontinuance of a product offering and $1.4 million in litigation costs. The fiscal 2012 results included $16.2 million in costs chiefly comprised of $11.8 million in transaction and related costs of the Navilyst acquisition and Microsulis strategic relationship, $2.3 million in costs for CEO and executive transition costs and $1.8 million in costs associated with the decision to close our UK facility.

Medical device excise tax. Fiscal 2013 included $1.6 million of expense attributed to the Medical Device Excise Tax enacted into law effective January 1, 2013.

Operating income (loss). We reported operating income of $7.1 million for fiscal 2013 compared to an operating loss of $3.0 million for fiscal 2012.

Other income (expenses). Other income and expenses for fiscal 2013 was $7.7 million of net expense, or 2.3% of net sales compared to fiscal 2012 results of $2.3 million of net expense, or 1.0% of net sales. The incremental expense is primarily due to interest on the debt incurred to finance the Navilyst acquisition.

Income tax (benefit) provision. Our effective tax rate was 5% for fiscal 2013 compared with 4% for the prior year. The current year rate reflects the impact of non-deductible costs related to the acquisition of Vortex, non-deductible interest expense related to contingent payments, the utilization of fully reserved capital losses, increased non-US income, the retroactive renewal of the previously expired R&D tax credit, the elimination of the Domestic Production Activities Deduction caused by reduced taxable income and the larger impact of non-deductible expenses also caused by the reduced taxable income in fiscal 2013. The prior year rate reflects the impact of non-deductible costs related to the acquisition of Navilyst, the December 31, 2011 expiration of the R&D tax credit, the reduction in the Domestic Production Activities Deduction caused by reduced taxable income and the larger impact of non-deductible expenses also caused by the reduced taxable income in fiscal 2012.

During the fiscal third quarter of 2013, The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was enacted and retroactively extended the research credit from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013. This legislation led to a prior period tax benefit in fiscal 2013 of $73,000 for the research credit generated from January 1, 2012 to May 31, 2012.

Net (loss) income. For fiscal 2013, we reported net loss of $0.6 million compared to a net loss of $5.1 million in the prior year.

Fiscal years ended May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011

Net sales. Net sales for fiscal 2012 of $221.8 million, increased 3% over fiscal 2011 sales of $215.8. The Navilyst acquisition contributed $4.8 million in sales for the ten day period ending May 31, 2012 and LC Beads sales decreased by $7.0 million as a result of the ending distribution of the product on December 31, 2011.

 

58


Table of Contents

From a product line perspective, Peripheral Vascular sales in fiscal 2012 were $95.2 million, an increase of $8.2 million or 9% from the prior year period. The increase was primarily due to Venacure EVLT products, reflecting strong demand for procedure kits and the recently introduced 1470 laser. Vascular Access sales increased $1.3 million or 2% to $63.9 million in fiscal 2012 primarily due to increased sales of Smart port products. Products from the Navilyst acquisition for the ten day period ending May 31, 2012 also added to the increase in both Peripheral Vascular and Vascular Access product line sales for fiscal 2012. Oncology/Surgery sales were $62.7 million, a decrease of 5% from the prior year. The decrease was primarily attributed to the decrease in LC Beads sales described earlier. Nanoknife sales totaled $11.6 million in fiscal 2012 and $7.3 million in fiscal 2011.

From a geographic perspective, U.S. sales were essentially flat at $188.2 million in fiscal 2012 compared to $188.9 million in fiscal 2011, despite the cessation of the distribution of LC Beads in December 2011. The Navilyst acquisition contributed $4.0 million in US sales. International sales were $33.6 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of 25% from $26.9 million in fiscal 2011. Increased unit sales of Nanoknife products comprised the majority of this increase.

Gross profit. Our gross profit as a percentage of sales was 56.8% in fiscal 2012 compared with 58.3% for the prior year period. The decrease in gross profit percentage in fiscal 2012 was attributable to $2.8 million in product recall costs and $2.3 million of costs associated with the Quality Call to Action Program, which reduced gross margin by 1.3 and 1.1 percentage points, respectively.

Research and development expenses. R&D expenses decreased by $862 thousand, or 4%, to $20.5 million in fiscal 2012 compared to the prior year. The decrease is primarily due to the focus of product development resources on the Quality Call to Action Program and the resulting classification of those costs in our cost of goods sold. As a percentage of net sales, R&D expenses were 9.2% for fiscal 2012, compared with 9.9% for fiscal 2011.

Sales and marketing expenses. S&M expenses increased $6.4 million or 11% to $64.5 million in fiscal 2012 compared to $58.1 million in fiscal 2011. This increase is primarily due to increase in commissions in the US sales and increased International sales expenses as we continue to expand our International business. As a percentage of net sales, S&M expenses were 29.1% for fiscal 2012 compared to 26.9% for fiscal 2011.

General and administrative expenses. G&A expenses increased $507 thousand, or 3%, to $18.3 million in fiscal 2012 compared to $17.8 million in fiscal 2011 primarily due to increased costs associated with the establishment of G&A functions in our Netherlands office as part of our continued expansion of the International business, expansion of our business development function and to personnel and other infrastructure costs to support our growth. G&A expenses remained constant at 8.3% of net sales in fiscal 2012 compared with the prior year.

Amortization of intangibles. Amortization of intangibles was $9.4 million in fiscal 2012 compared to $9.2 million in fiscal 2011.

Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net. Acquisition and other items, net totaled $16.2 million in fiscal 2012 and primarily includes $11.8 million in transaction and related costs of the Navilyst acquisition and Microsulis strategic relationship, $2.3 million in costs for CEO and executive transition costs and $1.8 million in costs associated with the decision to close our UK facility. The fiscal 2011 results included, in this line item, a total of $7.2 million in costs, primarily comprised of $6.4 million of impairment charges related to our decision to not continue development of the Medron Lightport technology and the write down of Centros prepaid royalties due to lower than anticipated sales.

Operating income (loss). We reported an operating loss of $3.0 million for fiscal 2012 compared to operating income of $12.0 million for fiscal 2011.

 

59


Table of Contents

Other income (expenses). Other income and expenses for fiscal 2012 was $2.3 million of net expense, or 1.0% of net sales compared to 2011, which was $1.3 million of net expense, or 0.6% of net sales. The incremental expense is primarily due to costs associated with the extinguishment of an interest rate swap arrangement associated with a credit facility that was paid off in connection with the Navilyst transaction.

Income tax (benefit) provision. Our effective tax rate was 4% for fiscal 2012 compared with 24% for the prior year. The current year rate reflects the impact of non-deductible costs related to the acquisition of Navilyst, the December 31, 2011 expiration of the R&D tax credit, the reduction in the Domestic Production Activities Deduction caused by reduced taxable income and the larger impact of non-deductible expenses also caused by the reduced taxable income in fiscal 2012. The prior year rate reflects the benefit of the retroactive renewal of the R&D tax credit that expired in December 2009, state tax credits and an increase in the Domestic Production Activities Deduction.

During the fiscal third quarter of 2011, the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010 was enacted and retroactively extended the research credit from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011. This legislation led to a prior period tax benefit in fiscal 2011 of $161,000 for the research credit generated from January 1, 2010 to May 31, 2010.

Net (loss) income. For fiscal 2012, we reported net loss of $5.1 million compared to net income of $8.1 million in the prior year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Summary of cash flows (in thousands):

 

     May 31, 2013     May 31, 2012     May 31, 2011  
     (in thousands)  

Cash provided by (used in):

      

Operating activities

   $ 26,883      $ 11,497      $ 33,870   

Investing activities

     (22,238     (176,360     (48,620

Financing activities

     (6,286     142,338        1,922   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (65     49        49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (1,706   $ (22,476   $ (12,779
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the past three years, we have financed our operations primarily through cash flow from operations. As part of the acquisition of Navilyst on May 22, 2012, we entered into a Credit Agreement with a group of banks which provided a $150 million senior secured term loan facility and a $50 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The $150 million in proceeds from the term loan were used to finance the Navilyst acquisition. At May 31, 2013, $24.0 million or 3% of our assets consisted of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. Marketable securities are comprised of U.S. government issued or guaranteed securities, corporate bonds and auction-rate securities. Our current ratio was 2.2 to 1, with working capital of $78.1 million at May 31, 2013 compared to a current ratio of 2.9 to 1, with net working capital of $103.8 million at May 31, 2012. At May 31, 2013, total outstanding debt was $142.5 million comprised of short and long-term bank debt issued in the financing of the Navilyst acquisition compared with total debt of $150 million at May 31, 2012.

In June 2012, we entered in an interest rate swap agreement, with an initial notional amount of $100 million, to limit the effect of variability due to interest rates on the loan. The Swap Agreement, which qualifies for hedge accounting under authoritative guidance, is a contract to exchange floating interest rate payments for fixed interest rate payments of 3.26% of the outstanding balance of loan over the life of the swap agreement without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts.

 

60


Table of Contents

We generated cash flow from operations of $26.9 million on net loss of $0.6 million for fiscal 2013. Significant non-cash expenses affecting net loss included depreciation and amortization of $25.2 million, and $4.6 million of stock based compensation.

For fiscal 2013, our investing activities used net cash of $22.2 million, primarily due to acquisitions and capital additions, partially offset by net proceeds of marketable securities and available-for-sale short term investments. For fiscal 2012, our investing activities used net cash of $176.4 million, primarily as a result of the Navilyst acquisition and the investment in Microsulis, partially offset by net proceeds of marketable securities and available-for-sale short term investments. Financing activities used net cash of $6.3 million, primarily toward the repayment of long-term debt, compared to the fiscal 2012 results which added net cash of $142.3 million, primarily from the proceeds of new debt related to the Navilyst acquisition.

Our contractual obligations as of May 31, 2013 are set forth in the table below (in thousands). We have no variable interest entities or other off-balance sheet obligations.

 

     Cash Payments Due By Period as of May 31, 2013  
     Total      Less than
One Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      After 5
Years
 

Contractual Obligations:

              

Long term debt and interest

   $ 154,009       $ 11,285       $ 66,098       $ 76,626       $ —     

Operating leases(1)

     8,990         2,132         3,282         1,925         1,651   

Purchase obligations(1)

     4,434         3,716         359         359         —     

Acquisition future obligations

     57,000         14,300         20,000         19,650         3,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 224,433       $ 31,433       $ 89,739       $ 98,560       $ 4,701   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The non-cancelable operating leases and inventory purchase obligations are not reflected on our consolidated balance sheets under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010 imposed significant new taxes on medical device makers in the form of a 2.3 percent excise tax on U.S. medical device sales, with certain exemptions, beginning in January 2013. Our fiscal 2013 results include $1.6 million for this Medical Device Excise Tax for the January through May 2013 time period. We estimate the Medical Device Excise tax for our full fiscal year 2014, will be approximately $4.1 million of expense.

We believe that our current cash and investment balances and cash generated from operations will provide sufficient liquidity to meet our anticipated needs for capital for at least the next 12 months. However, if we seek to make significant acquisitions of other businesses or technologies, we may require additional financing. We cannot be assured that such financing will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011 and December 2011, the FASB updated the disclosure requirements for comprehensive income. The updated guidance requires companies to disclose the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The updated guidance does not affect how earnings per share is calculated or presented. The updated guidance is effective annual periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 (our fiscal year 2013). We have provided the disclosure in a separate statement herein. The adoption of this guidance had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB updated the accounting guidance related to testing goodwill for impairment. This update permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a

 

61


Table of Contents

reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value before applying the two-step goodwill impairment model that is currently in place. If it is determined through the qualitative assessment that a reporting unit’s fair value is more likely than not greater than its carrying value, the quantitative assessment steps would be unnecessary. The qualitative assessment is optional, allowing companies to go directly to the quantitative assessment. This update is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 (our fiscal year 2013) however, early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB updated the accounting guidance related to testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. This update permits an entity to first make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. An entity is not required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset and perform the quantitative impairment test unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. The more-likely-than—not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50%. This update is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 (our fiscal year 2014) however early adoption is permitted, provided that the entity has not yet performed its annual impairment test or issued its financial statements. We are currently evaluating the impact of adoption of this accounting guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011 and January 2013, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to disclosures on offsetting assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. The newly issued accounting standard requires an entity to disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions executed under a master netting, or similar, arrangement and was issued to enable users of financial statements to understand the effects or potential effects of those arrangements on its financial position. This guidance is required to be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013 (our fiscal year 2014). Since the guidance only impacts disclosure requirements, its adoption will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB expanded the disclosure requirements related to changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). The new guidance requires disclosure of the amount of income (or loss) reclassified out of AOCI to each respective line item on the statement of operations where net income is presented. The guidance allows disclosure of the reclassification either in the notes to the financial statements or parenthetically on the face of the financial statements. This requirement is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 (fourth quarter of our fiscal year 2013). Since the guidance only impacts disclosure requirements, its adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance related to the presentation of certain tax information. This new pronouncement provides explicit guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, or similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013 (our fiscal year 2015). Since the guidance only impacts presentation requirements, its adoption will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on investments and financing that could impact our results of operations and financial position. Although we have entered into interest rate swaps with a bank to limit our exposure to interest rate change on our variable interest rate financings, we do not currently engage in any other hedging or market risk management tools.

As part of the Navilyst acquisition, we entered into a Credit Agreement with a group of banks which provided for a $150 million senior secured term loan facility and a $50 million senior secured revolving credit

 

62


Table of Contents

facility. The $150 million in proceeds from the term loan were used to finance a portion of the consideration for the acquisition. The revolving facility may be used for general corporate purposes in the future, but was not utilized as of May 31, 2013. Both facilities have five year maturities. The term facility has a quarterly repayment schedule equal to 5%, 5%, 15%, 25% and 50% of its principal amount in years one through five. Interest on both the term loan and revolving loan will be based on a base rate or Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin which increases as our total leverage ratio increases, and with the base rate and Eurodollar rate having ranges of 1.0% to 1.75% and 2.0% to 2.75% respectively. In the event of default, the interest rate may be increased by 2.0%. The revolving facility will also carry a commitment fee of 0.30% to 0.50% per year on the unused portion.

The Credit Agreement includes, among other standard provisions, two financial covenants. The first financial covenant requires us to maintain, as of the end of each of our fiscal quarters, a ratio of (i) consolidated EBITDA minus consolidated capital expenditures to (ii) consolidated interest expense paid or payable in cash plus scheduled principal payments in respect of indebtedness under the Credit Agreement of not less than 1.75 to 1.00. The second financial covenant requires us to maintain, as of the end of each of our fiscal quarters, a ratio of consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA of not more than the applicable ratios as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

Nearly all of our sales have historically been denominated in United States dollars. Although not significant, we transact sales in other currencies, particularly the Euro, GB pound and Canadian dollar. Approximately 6% of our sales in fiscal 2013 were denominated in currencies other than the US dollar, primarily the Euro and GB pound. We currently have no significant direct foreign currency exchange risk and such risk in the future is expected to be modest.

Our excess cash is invested in highly liquid, short-term, investment grade securities with maturities primarily of less than two years. These investments are not held for speculative or trading purposes. Changes in interest rates may affect the investment income we earn on cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and therefore affect our cash flows and results of operations. We hold investments in auction rate securities (“ARS”) in order to generate higher than typical money market investments. ARS typically are high credit quality, generally achieved with municipal bond insurance. Credit risks are eased by the historical track record of bond insurers, which back a majority of this market. Sell orders for any security traded through an auction process could exceed bids. Such instances are usually the result of a drastic deterioration of issuer credit quality. Should there be a failed auction, we may be unable to liquidate our position in the securities in the near term. We have $1.85 million in investments in two auction rate securities issued by New York state and local government authorities that have failed auctions. The authorities are current in their interest payments on the securities.

We are party to legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business as described in Note N.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Financial statements and supplementary data required by Part II, Item 8 are included in Part IV of this report as indexed at Item 15 (a) 1 and 2, and are incorporated by reference into this Item 8.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief

 

63


Table of Contents

Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report are functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting in the fiscal quarter ended May 31, 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for our company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and members of our board of directors; and

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2013. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.

Based on its assessment and these criteria, subject to the foregoing, management believes that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2013.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued a report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. That report appears on page 58.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

None

 

64


Table of Contents

Part III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this annual report on Form 10-K because we will file a definitive proxy statement within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year pursuant to Regulation 14A (the “Proxy Statement”) for our annual meeting of Stockholders, currently scheduled for October 22, 2013. The information included in the Proxy Statement under the respective headings noted below is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information required in this annual report on Form 10-K with respect to Executive Officers is contained in the discussion titled “Executive Officers of the Company” in Part I of this annual report on Form 10-K. The balance of the information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Election of Directors”.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Executive Compensation”.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this caption is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Ownership of Securities”.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this caption is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this caption is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement under the headings “Audit Matters—Principal Accounting Fees and Services and—Policy on Audit Committee Pre-approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”.

 

65


Table of Contents

Part IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements and supplementary data of Registrant and its subsidiaries required by Part II, Item 8, are included in Part IV of this report:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     67   

Consolidated statements of operations—Years ended May 31, 2013, May  31, 2012 and May 31, 2011

     68  

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income – Years ended May 31, 2013, May  31, 2012 and May 31, 2011

     69   

Consolidated balance sheets—May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

     70  

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity—Years ended May 31, 2013, May  31, 2012 and May 31, 2011

     71  

Consolidated statements of cash flows—Years ended May 31, 2013, May  31, 2012 and May 31, 2011

     72  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     74  

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

The following consolidated financial statement schedule is included in Part IV of this report:

 

Schedule II—Valuation and qualifying accounts

     113   

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or not required, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(b) Exhibits

     115   

 

66


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

AngioDynamics, Inc.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of AngioDynamics, Inc. and its subsidiaries at May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (signed)

Albany, New York

August 14, 2013

 

67


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years ended  
     May 31,
2013
    May 31,
2012
    May 31,
2011
 

Net sales

   $ 342,026      $ 221,787      $ 215,750   

Cost of sales

     173,037        95,829        90,047   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     168,989        125,958        125,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Research and development

     26,319        20,511        21,373   

Sales and marketing

     76,121        64,505        58,123   

General and administrative

     26,127        18,334        17,828   

Amortization of intangibles

     16,345        9,406        9,234   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     1,583        —          —     

Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net

     13,800        16,164        7,182   

Medical device excise tax

     1,600        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     161,895        128,920        113,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     7,094        (2,962     11,963   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expenses) income

      

Interest income

     103        1,090        737   

Interest expense

     (5,271     (508     (499

Other expense

     (2,569     (2,902     (1,503
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expenses) income, net

     (7,737     (2,320     (1,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income tax provision

     (643     (5,282     10,698   

Income tax (benefit) provision

     (31     (188     2,581   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (612   $ (5,094   $ 8,117   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

      

Basic

   $ (0.02   $ (0.20   $ 0.33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.02   $ (0.20   $ 0.32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     34,817        25,382        24,870   

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     34,817        25,382        25,133   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

68


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Twelve Months Ended  
     May 31, 2013     May 31, 2012     May 31, 2011  

Net (loss) income

   $ (612   $ (5,094   $ 8,117   

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax:

      

Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

     184        (103     (41

Unrealized (loss) gain on interest rate swap

     (522     327        5   

Foreign currency translation (loss) gain

     (47     (142     144   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax

     (385     82        108   

Income tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive income

     125        (83     13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

     (260     (1     121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

   $ (872   $ (5,095   $ 8,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)

 

     May 31,
2013
    May 31,
2012
 
ASSETS     

CURRENT ASSETS

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 21,802      $ 23,508   

Escrow receivable

     —          2,500   

Marketable securities, at fair value

     2,153        14,070   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, escrow receivable and marketable securities

     23,955        40,078   

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,272 and $933, respectively

     47,791        48,588   

Inventories

     55,062        55,823   

Deferred income taxes

     6,591        4,923   

Prepaid expenses and other

     8,117        9,826   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     141,516        159,238   

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT-AT COST, net

     62,650        55,915   

OTHER ASSETS

     5,559        10,707   

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net

     214,848        147,266   

GOODWILL

     355,458        308,912   

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES, long term

     11,007        39,198   

PREPAID ROYALTIES

     546        533   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 791,584      $ 721,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accounts payable

   $ 24,522      $ 29,200   

Accrued liabilities

     16,426        18,722   

Current portion of long-term debt

     7,500        7,500   

Current portion of contingent consideration

     9,207        —     

Other current liabilities

     5,782        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     63,437        55,422   

LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion

     135,000        142,500   

Contingent consideration, net of current portion

     65,842        —     

Other long term liabilities

     475        327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     264,754        198,249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE N)

    

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, par value $.01 per share, 45,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding 35,060,351 and 34,826,531 shares, respectively

     351        348   

Additional paid-in capital

     500,554        496,375   

Retained earnings

     29,563        30,175   

Treasury stock, 142,305 shares, at cost

     (2,104     (2,104

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,534     (1,274
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     526,830        523,520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 791,584      $ 721,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

70


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years ended May 31, 2013, May 31, 2012, and May 31, 2011

(in thousands, except share data)

 

                   Additional
paid in
capital
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
                   
     Common Stock            Treasury Stock     Total  
     Shares      Amount            Shares     Amount    

Balance at May 31, 2010

     24,747,145       $ 247       $ 365,344      $ 27,152      $ (1,394     —        $ —        $ 391,349   

Net Income

             8,117              8,117   

Exercise of stock options

     106,858         1         976                977   

Tax effect of exercise of stock options

           (639             (639

Issuance of performance shares, net

     46,727         1         —                  1   

Purchase of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     84,927         1         1,103                1,104   

Stock-based compensation

           4,609                4,609   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

               121            121   

Comprehensive income

                  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at May 31, 2011

     24,985,657       $ 250       $ 371,393      $ 35,269      $ (1,273     —        $ —        $ 405,639   

Net Loss

             (5,094           (5,094

Exercise of stock options

     193,684         2         2,155                2,157   

Tax effect of exercise of stock options

           (295             (295

Issuance of performance shares, net

     64,221                      —     

Purchase of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     103,362         1         1,201                1,202   

Shares issued pursuant to acquisition

     9,479,607         95         117,831                117,926   

Purchase of common stock for treasury

                 (142,305     (2,104     (2,104

Stock-based compensation

           4,090                4,090   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

               (1         (1

Comprehensive loss

                  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at May 31, 2012

     34,826,531       $ 348       $ 496,375      $ 30,175      $ (1,274     (142,305   $ (2,104   $ 523,520   

Net Loss

             (612           (612

Exercise of stock options

     16,835            5                5   

Tax effect of exercise of stock options

           (1,644             (1,644

Issuance of performance shares, net

     93,429         1                   1   

Purchase of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     123,556         2         1,209                1,211   

Stock-based compensation

           4,609                4,609   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

               (260         (260

Comprehensive loss

                  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at May 31, 2013

     35,060,351       $ 351       $ 500,554      $ 29,563      $ (1,534     (142,305   $ (2,104   $ 526,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

71


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Years ended  
     May 31,
2013
    May 31,
2012
    May 31,
2011
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net (loss) income

   $ (612   $ (5,094   $ 8,117   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     25,224        13,056        12,579   

Amortization of bond discount

     —          707        52   

Amortization of acquired inventory basis step-up

     3,845        431        —     

Tax effect of exercise of stock options and issuance of performance shares

     (1,644     (309     (741

Deferred income tax provision

     1,011        (652     (840

Stock based compensation

     4,609        4,090        4,609   

Changes in accounts receivable allowances

     338        118        (73

Unrealized loss from foreign exchange

     (83     (172     (104

Gain on sales of assets

     (711     —          —     

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     1,583        —          —     

Loss on discontinuance of product offering

     1,416        —          —     

Loss on impairment of intangible assets

     —          —          6,410   

Other

     240        1,321        55   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

      

Accounts receivable

     1,141        (2,496     2,770   

Inventories

     (1,909     (1,522     1,418   

Prepaid expenses and other

     2,474        (4,654     2,050   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (10,039     6,673        (2,432
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     26,883        11,497        33,870   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (12,120     (2,492     (2,957

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (24,474     (237,317     (973

Acquisition of intangible assets, net of cash acquired

     (800     (550     (113

Other cash flows from investing activities

     801        (4,000     (182

Change in escrow receivable

     2,500        (2,500     —     

Purchases of marketable securities

     (5,134     (123,614     (168,476

Proceeds from sale or maturity of marketable securities

     16,989        194,113        124,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (22,238     (176,360     (48,620
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Repayment of long-term debt

     (7,500     (6,550     (260

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     —          150,000        —     

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and ESPP

     1,214        3,356        2,080   

Deferred financing costs on long-term debt

     —          (2,378     —     

Repurchase of common stock for treasury

     —          (2,104     —     

Tax effect of the exercise of stock options and issuance of performance shares

     —          14        102   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (6,286     142,338        1,922   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (65     49        49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,706     (22,476     (12,779

Cash and cash equivalents

      

Beginning of year

     23,508        45,984        58,763   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 21,802      $ 23,508      $ 45,984   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

72


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

(in thousands)

 

     Years ended  
     May 31,
2013
     May 31,
2012
     May 31,
2011
 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

        

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash operating, investing and financing activities:

        

Contractual obligations for acquisition of fixed assets

   $ 1,549       $ 217       $ 1,909   

Contractual obligations for acquisition of intangibles and business

     78,286         117,926         —     

Cash paid during the period for:

        

Interest

   $ 4,936       $ 438       $ 476   

Income taxes

     200         2,832         826   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

73


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

NOTE A—BASIS OF PRESENTATION, BUSINESS DESCRIPTION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. Basis of Presentation and Description of Business

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of AngioDynamics, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, RITA Medical Systems, LLC, AngioDynamics UK Limited, AngioDynamics Netherlands B.V., NM Holding Company, Inc. (Navilyst) since May 22, 2012 and Vortex Medical, Inc. since October 15, 2012, (collectively, the “Company”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. We design, manufacture and sell a wide range of medical, surgical and diagnostic devices used by professional healthcare providers for vascular access, for the treatment of peripheral vascular disease and for use in oncology and surgical settings. Our devices are generally used in minimally invasive, image-guided procedures. Most of our products are intended to be used once and then discarded, or they may be temporarily implanted for short- or long-term use.

Effective June 1, 2012, we consider our business to be a single segment entity – the development, manufacture and sale on a global basis of medical devices for vascular access, surgery, peripheral vascular disease and oncology. Our chief operating decision maker (CEO) evaluates the various global product portfolios on a net sales basis. Executives reporting in to the CEO include those responsible for operations and supply chain management, research and development, sales, franchise marketing and certain corporate functions. The CEO evaluates profitability, investment and cash flow metrics on a consolidated worldwide basis due to shared infrastructure and resources. Prior to fiscal year 2013, our business was organized as two segments: Vascular and Oncology/Surgery, each under the direction of a general manager with direct responsibility for all sales, marketing and product development activities.

We have performed an evaluation of subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued.

Acquisition of Microsulis Medical Ltd.

On March 22, 2012, we established a strategic relationship with Microsulis Medical Ltd. (“Microsulis”), a U.K.-based company specializing in minimally-invasive, microwave ablation technology for the coagulation of soft tissue.

The relationship included an initial $5 million investment in Microsulis through the purchase of senior preferred stock, representing a 14.3% ownership position, exclusive distribution rights to market and sell their microwave ablation systems in all markets outside the United States from May 2012 through December 2013, and an exclusive option to purchase at any time until September 22, 2013, substantially all of the global assets of Microsulis Medical, Ltd.

On February 1, 2013, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of Microsulis, which we have accounted for as a business combination, for cash payments at closing totaling $10.0 million, subject to a working capital adjustment, a $5.0 million payment due on December 31, 2013 and potential additional cash consideration payable upon performance over the next nine years. We also assumed $1.6 million of liabilities.

The total estimated purchase consideration of $33.6 million included the initial investment of $5.0 million, closing payments totaling $10.5 million, a $5.0 million payment due on December 31, 2013 and the estimated fair value of contingent consideration (Earn out) of $13.2 million. The estimated fair value of contingent

 

74


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

consideration is based on projected net sales over the nine year period following the closing of the acquisition. The amount of the Earn out consideration that could be paid on net sales is not limited.

The estimated purchase consideration exceeded the fair value of the acquired net assets by $19.3 million and was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. Core technologies are being amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from 10 to 15 years. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2013, we incurred acquisition related costs of $312 thousand, which were expensed to “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. We have not finalized the purchase accounting, which may be adjusted as further information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Acquisition of Vortex Medical Inc.

On October 15, 2012, we acquired all the outstanding capital stock of Vortex Medical, Inc., a privately-held company focused on the development and commercialization of medical devices for venous drainage and the removal of thrombus, or blood clots, from occluded blood vessels. Vortex’s principal product is the AngioVac ® system, which includes the AngioVac Cannula and Circuit. The AngioVac Cannula has a proprietary balloon-actuated, expandable, funnel-shaped distal tip that enhances flow, prevents clogging of the cannula and facilitates en bloc, or whole removal of undesirable intravascular material. Both the AngioVac Cannula and Circuit are FDA-cleared for use during extracorporeal bypass for up to 6 hours. An application for CE Mark approval has been filed.

The total estimated purchase consideration of $75.3 million included an upfront payment of $15.1 million and the estimated fair value of contingent (Earn out) consideration of $60.3 million, $40 million of which is guaranteed. The estimated fair value of contingent consideration is based on projected AngioVac net sales in the ten year period following the closing. The amount of the Earn out consideration that could be paid on AngioVac net sales is not limited.

The estimated purchase consideration exceeded the fair value of the acquired net assets by $29.5 million and was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Core technologies are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of approximately 15 years as revenues are earned from the sales of related products. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2013, we incurred acquisition related costs of $645 thousand, which were expensed to “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. We have not finalized the purchase accounting, which may be adjusted as further information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Acquisition of Navilyst

On May, 22, 2012, we completed the acquisition of privately-held Navilyst, a global medical device company with strengths in the vascular access, interventional radiology and interventional cardiology markets. The acquisition and related transaction costs were financed through the issuance of approximately 9.5 million shares of our common stock, $150 million in drawn acquisition debt financing and $97 million of cash. Based on the closing price of our stock of $12.44 on the day prior to the transaction, the purchase price was approximately $361 million.

The fiscal year ended May 31, 2013 and 2012, included $7.3 million and $11.2 million, respectively, in transaction and severance costs related to the Navilyst acquisition. These costs are included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. Investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners, former owners of Navilyst, received approximately 9.4 million shares of our common stock and, as of

 

75


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

May 31, 2013, held approximately 27% of our outstanding shares. Investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners entered into a stockholders agreement with us as part of the transaction and also appointed two additional directors to our existing Board of Directors.

To satisfy any working capital adjustment and potential indemnification claims that may arise, $19.1 million of purchase consideration was held in escrow at May 31, 2013, including approximately $14.0 million in cash and approximately 415 thousand shares of common stock. The indemnification claims period will terminate on July 15, 2013. At May 31, 2012, we had $2.5 million of receivable related to the working capital adjustment recorded as escrow receivable on the balance sheet. During the third fiscal quarter of 2013, we received $2.5 million of cash from the escrow fund to satisfy this receivable.

Goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition was $144.7 million. Intangible assets acquired, other than goodwill, totaled approximately $107.1 million, of which $49.4 million has been identified as customer relationships (15-year weighted average useful life), $32.5 million of trademarks (of which $28.6 million has been determined to have an indefinite useful life and the remaining $3.9 million has a 7 year weighted average useful life), $15.1 million of in-process research and development (indefinite useful life until completed) and $10.1 million of technology (6-year weighted average useful life). Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

The IPR&D assets, which were accounted for as indefinite-lived assets at the time of acquisition, represent the development of a biomedical polymer additive for use in PICC and other vascular access product lines and a power injectable port which are valued at $12.1 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The biomedical polymer additive product recently received regulatory approval and the product was released in the United States in October 2012 and is being amortized over a 10 year useful life. The power injectable port is expected to be released in the United States in fiscal 2014, subject to regulatory approvals. The fair value of these intangible assets was determined based upon the present value of expected future cash flows adjusted for the probability of technological and commercial risk, utilizing a risk-adjusted discount rate.

See Note B for further discussion of acquisitions.

Regulatory Matters

On May 27, 2011, we received a Warning Letter from FDA in connection with its inspection of our Queensbury, NY manufacturing facility. In the Warning Letter, FDA cited deficiencies in the response letter we provided FDA pertaining to the inspection that occurred from January 4 to January 13, 2011. The deficiencies related to our internal procedures for medical device reporting, corrections and removals and complaint handling. We responded to the Warning Letter and completed corrective and preventive actions to address the observations noted.

In December 2011, we initiated a comprehensive Quality Call to Action Program to review and augment our Quality Management Systems at our Queensbury facility. To accelerate implementation of the program, we engaged a team of external regulatory and quality experts and reallocated a significant number of engineering and product development resources to support this corporate initiative. From inception of the Quality Call to Action Program through fiscal 2013, we have incurred $3.2 million in direct costs associated with the program.

On February 10, 2012, we received from FDA a Form 483, List of Investigational Observations, in connection with its inspection of our Queensbury facility from November 14, 2011 to February 10, 2012. The

 

76


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

Form 483 contained 12 observations related to, among other things, our CAPA (Corrective and Preventive Action) system, MDR (Medical Device Reporting), complaint investigation, corrections and removals, acceptance criteria and training. Some of the observations contained in the Form 483 were repeat observations from the May 27, 2011 Warning Letter.

On February 13, 2012, we received from FDA a Form 483 in connection with its inspection of our Fremont facility from January 12, 2012 to February 13, 2012. The Form 483 contained six observations related to, among other things, our CAPA system, design controls, risk management and training. We provided responses to FDA within 15 business days of our receipt of the Form 483s.

On September 24, 2012, we received from FDA a Form 483 in connection with its subsequent inspection of our Queensbury, NY facility from September 6 to September 14, and September 19 to September 24. This re-inspection followed our response to the original Form 483 issued by FDA on February 13, 2012. The Form 483 contained 5 observations related to 510(k) decisions, complaint investigations, acceptance criteria, corrective and preventive actions and training. All but one of the observations in the Form 483 related to events that occurred before the date that we had indicated to FDA in our previous responses that our corrective and remediation activities related to our Quality Call to Action would be completed. We provided responses to FDA within 15 business days of our receipt of the Form 483.

On November 28, 2012, FDA completed an inspection of our Manchester, GA facility and no Form 483 observations were issued.

In June 2013, we received approval from FDA to conduct a clinical trial to study the use of the NanoKnife in the treatment of focal prostate cancer. We are moving forward with institutional review board (IRB) submissions and anticipate commencing patient enrollment during our second quarter of fiscal 2014, which ends November 30, 2013.

We will continue to work closely with FDA to resolve any outstanding issues. Unless the items raised in the previously disclosed Warning Letters and Form 483s are corrected to FDA’s satisfaction or we come to some other arrangement with FDA finally resolving such matters, we may be subject to additional regulatory or legal action, including the issuance of warning letters, injunction, seizure or recall of products, imposition of fines or penalties or operating restrictions on our facilities. Such actions could significantly disrupt our ongoing business and operations and have a material adverse impact on our financial position and operating results.

Discontinuance of Benephit Product Offering

During the third fiscal quarter of 2013, we made the decision to discontinue our Benephit product offering. Accordingly, we recorded $1.6 million of expenses during the year ended May 31, 2013. These costs are included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations.

Closure of UK facility

During the first fiscal quarter of 2012, we made the decision to close our Cambridge, UK facility and transfer the production of lasers to our Queensbury, NY facility. We completed the transfer in January 2013. The total cost of this project was approximately $4.3 million. The statement of operations for the year ended May 31, 2013 included charges of $2.5 million for costs incurred associated with this closure and included $1.8 million for fiscal 2012. The charge is included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations.

 

77


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

2. Fiscal Year

We report on a fiscal year ending May 31.

3. Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all unrestricted highly liquid investments purchased with an initial maturity of less than three months to be cash equivalents. We maintain cash and cash equivalent balances with financial institutions in the United States in excess of amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

4. Marketable Securities

Marketable securities, which are principally government agency bonds, auction rate investments and corporate commercial paper, are classified as “available-for-sale securities” in accordance with authoritative guidance issued by FASB and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from operations and reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of the related tax effects, in stockholders’ equity. Cost is determined using the specific identification method. We hold investments in auction rate securities in order to generate higher than typical money market rate investment returns. Auction rate securities typically are high credit quality, generally achieved with municipal bond insurance. Credit risks are eased by the historical track record of bond insurers, which back a majority of this market. Sell orders for any security traded through an auction process could exceed bids and, in such cases, the auction fails and we may be unable to liquidate our position in the securities in the near term. During fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, we had $1.85 million in investments in two auction rate securities issued by New York state and local government authorities that failed auctions. The authorities are current in their interest payments on the securities.

5. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable, principally trade, are generally due within 30 to 90 days and are stated at amounts due from customers, net of an allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust credit limits based upon payment history and the customer’s current creditworthiness, as determined by a review of their current credit information. We continuously monitor aging reports, collections and payments from customers, and a provision for estimated credit losses is maintained based upon our historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that the same credit loss rates will be experienced in the future. We write off accounts receivable when they are determined to be uncollectible.

6. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (at standard cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method) or market. Appropriate consideration is given to deterioration, obsolescence and other factors in evaluating net realizable value.

7. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. We evaluate these assets for impairment annually or as changes in circumstances or the occurrence of events suggest the remaining value is

 

78


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

not recoverable. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Renewals and betterments are capitalized.

8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets other than goodwill and acquired IPR&D are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range between three and twenty years, on either a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit or as revenues are earned from the sales of the related products. We periodically review the estimated useful lives of our intangible assets and review such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Our determination of impairment is based on estimates of future cash flows. If an intangible asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of the impairment will equal the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.

Acquired IPR&D has an indefinite life and is not amortized until completion and development of the project, at which time the IPR&D becomes an amortizable asset. If the related project is not completed in a timely manner or the project is terminated or abandoned, we may have an impairment related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value.

Our policy defines IPR&D as the value assigned to those projects for which the related products have not received regulatory approval and have no alternative future use. Determining the portion of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D requires us to make significant estimates. The amount of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D is determined by estimating the future cash flows of each project or technology and discounting the net cash flows back to their present values. The discount rate used is determined at the time of measurement in accordance with accepted valuation methods. These methodologies include consideration of the risk of the project not achieving commercial feasibility.

At the time of acquisition, we expect that all acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that the commercial viability of these products will actually be achieved. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technologies into commercially viable products consists principally of planning, designing, and conducting clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approvals. The risks associated with achieving commercialization include, but are not limited to, delay or failure to obtain regulatory approvals to conduct clinical trials, delay or failure to obtain required market clearances, or delays or issues with patent issuance, or validity and litigation. If commercial viability were not achieved, we would likely look to other alternatives to provide these therapies.

Goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but rather, are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. Goodwill and intangible assets have been recorded at either incurred or allocated cost. Allocated costs were based on respective fair market values at the date of acquisition. We have one intangible asset which has been assigned an indefinite life, the NAMIC trademark that was recently acquired as part of our acquisition of Navilyst, and is valued at $28.6 million.

For goodwill, the impairment test requires a comparison of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned to the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of that unit. If the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is reduced to its implied fair value through an adjustment to the goodwill balance, resulting in an impairment charge. Our determination of impairment is based on estimates

 

79


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

of future cash flows. Effective June 1, 2012, we consider our business to be a single operating segment entity – the development, manufacture and sale on a global basis of medical devices for vascular access, surgery, peripheral vascular disease and oncology.

9. Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as outlined in the SEC’s authoritative guidance on revenue recognition which requires that four basic criteria be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) the price is fixed or determinable; (iii) collectability is reasonably assured; and (iv) product delivery has occurred or services have been rendered. Decisions relative to criterion (iii) regarding collectability are based upon our judgments, as discussed under “Accounts Receivable” above, and should conditions change in the future and cause us to determine this criterion is not met, our results of operations may be affected. We recognize revenue, net of sales taxes assessed by any governmental authority, as products are shipped, based on F.O.B. shipping point terms when title and risk of loss passes to customers. We negotiate shipping and credit terms on a customer-by-customer basis and products are shipped at an agreed upon price. All product returns must be pre-approved by us and customers may be subject to a 20% restocking charge. To be accepted, a returned product must be unadulterated, undamaged and have at least 12 months remaining prior to its expiration date.

We chose to early adopt, effective with the third quarter of fiscal 2010, updated authoritative guidance for revenue recognition relating to the accounting treatment for revenue arrangements that involve more than one deliverable or unit of accounting. At the same time, we also adopted the updated guidance relating to certain revenue arrangements that include software elements. Neither of these had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

10. Research and Development

Research and development costs, including salaries, consulting fees, building costs, utilities, administrative expenses and an allocation of corporate costs are related to developing new products, enhancing existing products, validating new and enhanced products, managing clinical, regulatory and medical affairs and our intellectual property and are expensed as incurred.

11. Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs, associated with the distribution of finished products to customers, are recorded in costs of goods sold and are recognized when the related finished product is shipped to the customer. Amounts charged to customers for shipping are recorded in net sales.

12. Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards for which income tax benefits are expected to be realized in future years. A valuation allowance has been established to reduce deferred tax assets, if it is more likely than not that all, or some portion, of such deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period which includes the enactment date. The deferred tax asset includes net operating losses acquired as part of the acquisitions of Rita, Vortex and Navilyst. These losses could be significantly limited under Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 382. An analysis of RITA’s ownership changes as defined in IRC Section 382 shows that approximately

 

80


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

$15.8 million (of which $7.1 million had expired as of May 31, 2013) of federal net operating losses will not be utilized due to limitations. In addition, it is estimated that $13.6 million of Rita state net operating losses will expire prior to utilization. An analysis of Vortex’s ownership changes as defined in IRC Section 382 shows that all net operating losses will be utilized prior to expiration. A similar analysis of Navilyst’s ownership changes as defined in IRS Section 382 shows that approximately $17.5 million of federal net operating losses will not be utilized due to limitations. In addition, it is estimated that $18.8 million of Navilyst’s state net operating losses will expire prior to utilization. The gross deferred tax asset related to the net operating losses reflects these limitations.

We intend to reinvest indefinitely any of our unrepatriated foreign earnings as of May 31, 2013. We have not provided for U.S. income taxes on these undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries because we consider such earnings to be reinvested indefinitely outside the United States. If these earnings were distributed, we may be subject to both foreign withholding taxes and U.S. income taxes. Determination of the amount of this unrecognized deferred income tax liability is not practical.

13. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, marketable securities, accounts payable, interest rate swap agreement and contingent earn outs related to the acquisition of Vortex and Microsulis. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, marketable securities and accounts payable approximates fair value due to the immediate or short-term maturities. The interest rate swap agreement has been recorded at its fair value based on a valuation received from an independent third party. Marketable securities, with the exception of auction rate securities, are carried at their fair value as determined by quoted market prices. The contingent earn out has been recorded at fair value using the income approach.

Per our accounting policy, fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. This policy establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The policy describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value which are provided in the table below.

 

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets include bank time deposits, money market funds, mutual funds and U.S. Treasury securities that are traded in an active exchange market.

 

Level 2

Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets include US government securities and corporate bonds. When quoted market prices are unobservable, we obtain pricing information from an independent pricing vendor. The pricing vendor uses various pricing models for each asset class that are consistent with what other market participants would use. The inputs and assumptions to the model of the pricing vendor are derived from market observable sources including: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and other market-related data. Since many fixed income securities do not trade on a daily basis, the methodology of the pricing vendor uses available information as applicable such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing. The pricing vendor considers all available market observable inputs in

 

81


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

  determining the evaluation for a security. Thus, certain securities may not be priced using quoted prices, but rather determined from market observable information. These investments are included in Level 2 and primarily comprise our portfolio of corporate and government fixed income securities. Additionally included in Level 2 are interest rate swap agreements which are valued using a mid-market valuation model.

 

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category currently includes the auction rate securities where independent pricing information was not able to be obtained and the contingent Earn out related to the acquisition of Vortex and Microsulis. Our investments in auction-rate securities were classified as Level 3 as quoted prices were unavailable since these auction rate securities issued by New York state and local government authorities failed auction. Due to limited market information, we utilized a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model to derive an estimate of fair value for all periods presented. The assumptions used in preparing the DCF model included estimates with respect to the amount and timing of future interest and principal payments, forward projections of the interest rate benchmarks, the probability of full repayment of the principal considering the credit quality and guarantees in place, and the rate of return required by investors to own such securities given the current liquidity risk associated with auction-rate securities. The contingent earn outs were valued utilizing a discounted cash flow method as detailed below.

 

82


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

The following tables provide information by level for assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements
using inputs considered as:
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value at
May 31, 2013
 

Financial Assets

           

Cash equivalents

           

Money market funds

   $ 114       $ —         $ —         $ 114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 114       $ —         $ —         $ 114   

Marketable securities

           

Corporate bond securities

   $ —         $ 303       $ —           303   

U.S. government agency obligations

     —           —           1,850         1,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           303         1,850         2,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Financial Assets

   $ 114       $ 303       $ 1,850       $ 2,267   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities

           

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ —         $ 522       $ —         $ 522   

Contingent liability for acquisition earn out

     —           —           75,049       $ 75,049   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Financial Liabilities

   $ —         $ 522       $ 75,049       $ 75,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements
using inputs considered as:
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value at
May 31, 2012
 

Financial Assets

           

Cash equivalents

           

Money market funds

   $ 4,762       $ —         $ —         $ 4,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,762       $ —         $ —         $ 4,762   

Marketable securities

           

Corporate bond securities

   $ —         $ 6,371       $ —           6,371   

U.S. government agency obligations

     —           5,849         1,850         7,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           12,220         1,850         14,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Financial Assets

   $ 4,762       $ 12,220       $ 1,850       $ 18,832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At May 31, 2012, there were no financial liabilities measured at fair value since the interest rate swap arrangements were paid off during May 2012.

There were no significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and 2 measurements for the year ended May 31, 2013. During the year ended May 31, 2013, the Vortex and Microsulis contingent earn outs discussed below were added to Level 3 fair value instruments.

 

83


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

The components of Level 3 fair value instruments as of May 31, 2013 are shown below (in thousands):

 

    Financial Assets     Financial Liabilities  
    Fair Value Measurements
Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
    Fair Value Measurements
Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
 
    (Level 3)        

Balance, May 31, 2012

  $ 1,850      $ —     

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

    —          —     

Included in earnings

    —          1,583   

Included in other comprehensive income

    —          —     

Purchases, issuances and settlements

    —          —     

Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3

    —          —     

Contingent liability for acquisition earn out

    —          73,466   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, May 31, 2013

  $ 1,850      $ 75,049   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contingent Liability for Acquisition Earn Outs

Certain of our business combinations involve the potential for the payment of future contingent consideration upon the achievement of certain product development milestones and/or various other favorable operating conditions. Payment of the additional consideration is generally contingent on the acquired company reaching certain performance milestones, including attaining specified revenue levels or achieving product development targets. Contingent consideration is recorded at the estimated fair value of the contingent milestone payments on the acquisition date for all acquisitions subsequent to April 24, 2009. The fair value of the contingent milestone consideration is remeasured at the estimated fair value at each reporting period with the change in fair value recognized as income or expense within acquisition-related items in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings. We measure the initial liability and remeasure the liability on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs as defined under authoritative guidance for fair value measurements.

Contingent consideration liabilities will be remeasured to fair value each reporting period using projected net sales, discount rates, probabilities of payment and projected payment dates. Projected contingent payment amounts are discounted back to the current period using a discounted cash flow model. Projected net sales are based on our internal projections and extensive analysis of the target market and the sales potential. Increases in projected net sales and probabilities of payment may result in higher fair value measurements in the future. Increases in discount rates and the projected time to payment may result in lower fair value measurements in the future. Increases or decreases in any valuation inputs in isolation may result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement in the future.

 

84


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

The recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of the contingent consideration liability related to the Vortex and Microsulis acquisitions include the following significant unobservable inputs ($ in millions):

 

     Fair value at
May 31, 2013
     Valuation
Technique
  

Unobservable

Input

   Range

Revenue based payments

   $ 75.0       Discounted    Discount rate    4%
      cash flow    Probability of payment    75-100%
         Projected fiscal year of payment    2014 -2022

At May 31, 2013, the estimated potential amount of undiscounted future contingent consideration that we expect to pay as a result of all completed acquisitions is approximately $94 million. The milestones associated with the contingent consideration must be reached in future periods ranging from fiscal years 2013 to 2022 in order for the consideration to be paid.

The fair value of contingent milestone payments associated with the acquisitions was remeasured as of May 31, 2013 and $65.8 million was reflected in “Contingent consideration, net of current portion” and $9.2 million was reflected in “Current portion of contingent consideration” on the consolidated balance sheet. The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of contingent milestone payments associated with the Vortex and Microsulis acquisitions measured at fair value that used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in millions):

 

Beginning balance—May 31, 2012

   $ —     

Purchase price contingent consideration

     73.4   

Contingent payments

     —     

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     1.6   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance—May 31, 2013

   $ 75.0   
  

 

 

 

15. Derivative Financial Instruments

We are exposed to market risk due to changes in interest rates. To reduce this risk, we periodically enter into certain derivative financial instruments to hedge the underlying economic exposure. We use derivative instruments as part of our interest rate risk management strategy. The derivative instruments used are floating-to-fixed rate interest rate swaps, which are subject to cash flow hedge accounting treatment. The cash flow hedge was terminated in May 2012 in conjunction with the early payoff of the related debt. We recognized interest expense of $61,000 and $37,000 for the fiscal 2012 and 2011 periods, respectively, on the cash flow hedge.

In accordance with authoritative guidance on Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities, as amended, our 2002 interest rate swap agreement qualified for hedge accounting under GAAP and the 2006 interest rate swap agreement did not. Both were presented in the consolidated financial statements at their fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments were either recognized periodically in income or in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting and, if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value or cash flow hedge. Generally, the changes in the fair value of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in income along with the portions of the changes in the fair value of hedged items that relate to the hedged risks. Changes in the fair value of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective as hedges, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Both the 2002 and the 2006 swap agreements were terminated in May 2012 in conjunction with the early payoff of the related debt.

 

85


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

In June 2012, we entered in an interest rate swap agreement, with an initial notional amount of $100 million, to limit the effect of variability due to interest rates on the loan. The Swap Agreement, which qualifies for hedge accounting under authoritative guidance, is a contract to exchange floating interest rate payments for fixed interest rate payments of 3.26% of the outstanding balance of the loan over the life of the agreement without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts.

16. Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to our employees and directors including employee stock options and employee stock purchases related to our Stock Purchase Plan based on estimated fair values. We recognize compensation expense for our stock awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period.

The amount of stock-based compensation recognized is based on the value of the portion of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The term “forfeitures” is distinct from “cancellations” or “expirations” and represents only the unvested portion of the surrendered option. We currently expect, based on an analysis of our historical forfeitures, that approximately 88% of our options will vest annually, and we have therefore applied a 12% annual forfeiture rate in determining the stock-based compensation charge recorded. We will re-evaluate this estimate periodically and adjust the forfeiture rate on a prospective basis as necessary. Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those shares that actually vest.

For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2013, May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011, we used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (“Black-Scholes”) as our method of valuation and a single option award approach. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. The fair value of share based payment awards on the date of the grant as determined by the Black-Scholes model is affected by our stock price as well as other assumptions. These assumptions include, but are not limited to the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, and a risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on factual data derived from public sources. The expected stock-price volatility and option life assumptions require significant judgment which makes them critical accounting estimates.

We utilize our historical volatility when estimating expected stock price volatility. We use yield rates on U.S. Treasury securities for a period approximating the expected term of the award to estimate the risk-free interest rate. The expected term is based on our actual historical experience. The dividend yield is based on the history and expectation of dividend payments. We have not paid dividends in the past nor do we expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Our historical data includes information from May 27, 2004, the date of our initial public offering.

17. Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding without consideration of potential common stock. Diluted earnings per share further includes the dilutive effect of potential common stock consisting of stock options, warrants, restricted stock units and shares issuable upon conversion of convertible debt into shares of common stock, provided that the inclusion of such securities is not antidilutive.

 

86


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

For the period ending May 31, 2013, options and restricted stock units issued to employees and non-employees to purchase approximately 2.9 million shares of common stock were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. Excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share are options and restricted stock units issued to employees and non-employees to purchase approximately 2.3 million shares of common stock at May 31, 2012 as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive compared with options and restricted stock units issued to employees and non-employees to purchase approximately 2.0 million shares of common stock at May 31, 2011.

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of the weighted-average number of common shares:

 

     2013      2012      2011  

Basic

     34,817,279         25,382,293         24,870,005   

Effect of dilutive securities

     —           —           262,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     34,817,279         25,382,293         25,132,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

18. Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Estimates also affect reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

19. Supplier Concentrations

We are dependent upon the ability of our suppliers to provide products on a timely basis and on favorable pricing terms. The loss of our principal suppliers or a significant reduction in product availability from these suppliers could have a material adverse effect on us. We believe that our relationships with these suppliers are satisfactory.

20. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011 and December 2011, the FASB updated the disclosure requirements for comprehensive income. The updated guidance requires companies to disclose the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The updated guidance does not affect how earnings per share is calculated or presented. The updated guidance is effective annual periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 (our fiscal year 2013). We have provided the disclosure in a separate statement herein. The adoption of this guidance had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB updated the accounting guidance related to testing goodwill for impairment. This update permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value before applying the two-step goodwill impairment model that is currently in place. If it is determined through the qualitative assessment that a reporting unit’s fair value is more likely than not greater than its carrying value, the quantitative assessment steps would be unnecessary. The qualitative assessment is optional, allowing companies to go directly to the quantitative assessment. This update is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after

 

87


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

December 15, 2011 (our fiscal year 2013) however, early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB updated the accounting guidance related to testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. This update permits an entity to first make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. An entity is not required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset and perform the quantitative impairment test unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. The more-likely-than—not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50%. This update is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 (our fiscal year 2014) however early adoption is permitted, provided that the entity has not yet performed its annual impairment test or issued its financial statements. We are currently evaluating the impact of adoption of this accounting guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011 and January 2013, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to disclosures on offsetting assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. The newly issued accounting standard requires an entity to disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions executed under a master netting, or similar, arrangement and was issued to enable users of financial statements to understand the effects or potential effects of those arrangements on its financial position. This guidance is required to be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013 (our fiscal year 2014). Since the guidance only impacts disclosure requirements, its adoption will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB expanded the disclosure requirements related to changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). The new guidance requires disclosure of the amount of income (or loss) reclassified out of AOCI to each respective line item on the statement of operations where net income is presented. The guidance allows disclosure of the reclassification either in the notes to the financial statements or parenthetically on the face of the financial statements. This requirement is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 (fourth quarter of our fiscal year 2013). Since the guidance only impacts disclosure requirements, its adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance related to the presentation of certain tax information. This new pronouncement provides explicit guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, or similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013 (our fiscal year 2015). Since the guidance only impacts presentation requirements, its adoption will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE B—ACQUISITIONS

Acquisition of Microsulis Medical Ltd.

On March 22, 2012, we established a strategic relationship with Microsulis Medical Ltd. (“Microsulis”), a U.K.-based company specializing in minimally-invasive, microwave ablation technology for the coagulation of soft tissue.

The relationship included an initial $5 million investment in Microsulis through the purchase of senior preferred stock, representing a 14.3% ownership position, exclusive distribution rights to market and sell their microwave ablation systems in all markets outside the United States from May 2012 through December 2013,

 

88


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

and an exclusive option to purchase at any time until September 22, 2013, substantially all of the global assets of Microsulis Medical, Ltd.

On February 1, 2013, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of Microsulis, which we have accounted for as a business combination, for cash payments at closing totaling $10.0 million, subject to a working capital adjustment, a $5.0 million payment due on December 31, 2013 and potential additional cash consideration payable upon performance over the next nine years. We also assumed $1.6 million of liabilities.

The total estimated purchase consideration of $33.6 million included the initial investment of $5.0 million, closing payments totaling $10.5 million, a $5.0 million payment due on December 31, 2013 and the estimated fair value of contingent consideration (Earn out) of $13.2 million. The estimated fair value of contingent consideration is based on projected net sales over the nine year period following the closing. The amount of the Earn out consideration that could be paid on net sales is not limited.

The Microsulis historical financial results were not significant and therefore pro forma results would not be substantially different. Sales since the acquisition closed are not significant and the operations of Microsulis have been fully integrated from the date of acquisition.

The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 364   

Inventories

     687   

Other current assets

     443   

Fixed assets

     1,906   

Intangibles

     12,500   

Goodwill

     19,284   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     35,184   

Liabilities assumed

     (1,634
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 33,550   
  

 

 

 

Cash payment at closing

   $ 10,566   

Cash payment for initial investment

     5,000   

Present value of deferred payment

     4,820   

Present value of contingent consideration liability

     13,164   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 33,550   
  

 

 

 

The estimated purchase consideration exceeded the fair value of the acquired net assets by $19.3 million and was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. Intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of which range from 10 to 15 years. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2013, we incurred acquisition related costs of $312 thousand, which were expensed to “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. We have not finalized the purchase accounting, which may be adjusted as further information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Acquisition of Vortex Medical, Inc.

On October 15, 2012, we acquired all the outstanding capital stock of Vortex Medical, Inc., a privately-held company focused on the development and commercialization of medical devices for venous drainage and the

 

89


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

removal of thrombus, or blood clots, from occluded blood vessels. Vortex’s principal product is the AngioVac ® system, which includes the AngioVac Cannula and Circuit. The AngioVac Cannula has a proprietary balloon-actuated, expandable, funnel-shaped distal tip that enhances flow, prevents clogging of the cannula and facilitates en bloc, or whole removal of undesirable intravascular material. Both the AngioVac Cannula and Circuit are FDA-cleared for use during extracorporeal bypass for up to 6 hours. An application for CE Mark approval has been filed.

The stock purchase agreement provided for the payment of $15.1 million in cash at closing, which is subject to a working capital adjustment, plus future earn out consideration payable in cash. Earn out consideration is based on our net sales of the AngioVac system during the ten years following the closing, payable in the amount of 10% of annual net sales up to $150 million, 12.5% of annual net sales between $150 million and $500 million, and 15% of annual net sales above $500 million. The Earn out consideration is subject to guaranteed minimum payments payable on the anniversary dates following closing, in the amounts of $8.35 million on the first, $8.0 million on the second, third and fourth, and $7.65 million on the fifth anniversary date. If a minimum payment for a period exceeds the contingent earn out payment for the same period, the amount of the excess will be credited against future contingent earn out payments.

The total estimated purchase consideration of $75.3 million included the upfront payment of $15.1 million and the estimated fair value of contingent consideration of $60.3 million, $40 million of which is guaranteed. The estimated fair value of contingent consideration is based on projected AngioVac net sales in the ten year period following the closing. The amount of the Earn out consideration that could be paid on AngioVac net sales is not limited.

The Vortex historical financial results were not significant and therefore pro forma results would not be substantially different. Sales since the acquisition closed are not significant and the operations of Vortex have been fully integrated from the date of acquisition.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 339   

Accounts receivable

     203   

Inventories

     488   

Other assets

     7   

Deferred tax assets

     1,307   

Intangibles

     72,430   

Goodwill

     29,519   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     104,293   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (28,340

Liabilities assumed

     (661
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 75,292   
  

 

 

 

Cash payments at closing

   $ 15,105   

Present value of contingent consideration liability

     60,302   

Working capital adjustment

     (115
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 75,292   
  

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

The estimated purchase consideration exceeded the fair value of the acquired net assets by $29.5 million and was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Core technologies are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of approximately 15 years as revenues are earned from the sales of the related products. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2013, we incurred acquisition related costs of $645 thousand, which were expensed to “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. We have not finalized the purchase accounting, which may be adjusted as further information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Acquisition of Navilyst

On May, 22, 2012, we completed the acquisition of privately-held Navilyst, a global medical device company with strengths in the vascular access, interventional radiology and interventional cardiology markets. The acquisition and related transaction costs were financed through the issuance of approximately 9.5 million shares of our common stock, $150 million in drawn acquisition debt financing and $97 million of cash. Based on the closing price of our stock of $12.44 on the day prior to the transaction, the purchase price was approximately $361 million.

The fiscal year ended May 31, 2013 and 2012 included $7.3 million and $11.2 million, respectively, in transaction and severance costs related to the Navilyst acquisition. These costs are included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations. Investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners, former owners of Navilyst, received approximately 9.4 million shares of our common stock and, as of May 31, 2013, held approximately 27% of our outstanding shares. Investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners entered into a stockholders agreement with us as part of the transaction and also appointed two additional directors to our existing Board of Directors.

To satisfy any working capital adjustment and potential indemnification claims that may arise, $19.1 million of purchase consideration was held in escrow at May 31, 2013, including approximately $14.0 million in cash and approximately 415 thousand shares of common stock. The indemnification claims period will terminate on July 15, 2013. At May 31, 2012, we had $2.5 million of receivable related to the working capital adjustment recorded as escrow receivable on the balance sheet. During the third fiscal quarter of 2013, we received $2.5 million of cash from the escrow fund to satisfy this receivable.

Goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition was $144.7 million. Intangible assets acquired, other than goodwill, totaled approximately $107.1 million, of which $49.4 million has been identified as customer relationships (15-year weighted average useful life), $32.5 million of trademarks (of which $28.6 million has been determined to have an indefinite useful life and the remaining $3.9 million has a 7 year weighted average useful life), $15.1 million of in-process research and development (indefinite useful life until completed) and $10.1 million of technology (6-year weighted average useful life).

The IPR&D assets, which were accounted for as indefinite-lived assets at the time of acquisition, represent the development of a biomedical polymer additive for use in PICC and other vascular access product lines and a power injectable port which are valued at $12.1 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The biomedical polymer additive product recently received regulatory approval and the product was released in the United States in October 2012 and is being amortized over a 10 year useful life. The power injectable port is expected to be released in the United States in fiscal 2014, subject to regulatory approvals. The fair value of these intangible assets was determined based upon the present value of expected future cash flows adjusted for the probability of technological and commercial risk, utilizing a risk-adjusted discount rate.

 

91


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):

 

     May 22,
2012
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,683   

Accounts receivable

     19,069   

Inventories

     26,851   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     5,504   

Property, plant and equipment

     34,017   

Deferred tax assets

     34,209   

Goodwill

     144,705   

Intangibles

     107,100   

Other long-term assets

     497   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     379,635   

Liabilties assumed

     (18,287
  

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired

   $ 361,348   
  

 

 

 

See Note G for additional information about changes in the carrying amount of goodwill.

The following supplemental unaudited pro forma information presents our financial results as if the acquisition of Navilyst had occurred on June 1, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     For the years ended
May 31,
 
     2012      2011  
     (unaudited)  

Net sales

   $ 365,357       $ 369,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,897       $ (2,786
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The above unaudited pro forma information was determined based on historical GAAP results of AngioDynamics and Navilyst. The unaudited pro forma consolidated results are not necessarily indicative of what our consolidated results of operations actually would have been if the acquisition was completed on June 1, 2010. The unaudited pro forma consolidated net income primarily reflects adjustments of:

 

(i) exclusion of $17.6 million of transaction costs and restructuring charges for both AngioDynamics and Navilyst for the year ended May 31, 2012, which are directly attributable to the transaction and inclusion of these charges for the year ended May 31, 2011;

 

(ii) inclusion of $3.8 million of inventory step-up directly related to the transaction for the year ended May 31, 2011;

 

(iii) inclusion of $4.7 million of interest expense related to the $150 million credit facility associated with the transaction for the years ended May 31, 2012 and 2011; and

 

(iv) tax effecting the unaudited pro forma consolidated net income and adjustments for the years ended May 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

92


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

NOTE C—MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND INVESTMENTS

Marketable securities as of May 31, 2013 consisted of the following:

 

     Amortized
cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Available-for-sales securities

           

U.S. government agency obligations

   $ 1,850       $ —         $ —         $ 1,850   

Corporate bond securities

     303         —           —           303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,153       $ —         $ —         $ 2,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable securities as of May 31, 2012 consisted of the following:

 

     Amortized
cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Available-for-sales securities

          

U.S. government agency obligations

   $ 7,739       $ 5       $ (45   $ 7,699   

Corporate bond securities

     6,516         10         (155     6,371   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 14,255       $ 15       $ (200   $ 14,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amortized cost and fair value of marketable securities at May 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     Amortized
cost
     Fair
Value
 
     (in thousands)  

As of May 31, 2013:

     

Due in one year or less

   $ —         $ —     

Due after one through five years

     303         303   

Due after five through twenty years

     1,850         1,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,153       $ 2,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE D—INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     May 31,
2013
     May 31,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Raw materials

   $ 18,362       $ 18,984   

Work in process

     11,006         9,504   

Finished goods

     25,694         27,335   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 55,062       $ 55,823   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

NOTE E—PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER

Prepaid expenses and other consist of the following:

 

     May 31,
2013
     May 31,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Deposits

   $ 4,029       $ 3,187   

Income and other taxes

     1,021         3,206   

Licensee fees

     809         364   

Software licenses

     520         407   

Trade shows

     487         660   

Rent

     135         107   

Insurance

     120         343   

Interest receivable

     2         100   

Other

     994         1,452   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,117       $ 9,826   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE F—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST

Property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows:

 

     May 31,
2013
    May 31,
2012
    Estimated
useful lives
     (in thousands)      

Building and building improvements

   $ 30,150      $ 29,743      39 years

Machinery and equipment

     31,129        27,618      3 to 8 years

Computer software and equipment

     16,390        16,501      3 to 5 years

Construction in progress

     13,373        3,454     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
     91,042        77,316     

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (29,421     (22,430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
     61,621        54,886     

Land and land improvements

     1,029        1,029     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
   $ 62,650      $ 55,915     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Depreciation expense for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $8.7 million, $3.6 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

NOTE G—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets other than goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range between three and twenty years, on either a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit or as revenues are earned from the sales of the related products. We periodically review the estimated useful lives of our intangible assets and review such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in

 

94


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Our determination of impairment is based on estimates of future cash flows. If an intangible asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of the impairment will equal the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.

Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but rather, are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. Goodwill and intangible assets have been recorded at either incurred or allocated cost. Allocated costs were based on respective fair market values at the date of acquisition.

We have one intangible asset which has been assigned an indefinite life, the NAMIC trademark, which was acquired as part of our acquisition of Navilyst, and is valued at $28.6 million.

We test goodwill for impairment during the third quarter of every fiscal year, and when an event occurs or circumstances change such that it is reasonably possible that impairment exists. For goodwill, the impairment test requires a comparison of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned to the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of that unit. If the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is reduced to its implied fair value through an adjustment to the goodwill balance, resulting in an impairment charge. Our determination of impairment is based on estimates of future cash flows.

Effective June 1, 2012, we consider our business to be a single segment entity – the development, manufacture and sale on a global basis of medical devices for vascular access, surgery, peripheral vascular disease and oncology. Our chief operating decision maker (CEO) evaluates the various global product portfolios on a net sales basis. Executives reporting in to the CEO include those responsible for operations and supply chain management, research and development, sales, franchise marketing and certain corporate functions. The CEO evaluates profitability, investment and cash flow metrics on a consolidated worldwide basis due to shared infrastructure and resources. Prior to fiscal year 2013, our business was organized as two segments: Vascular and Oncology/Surgery, each under the direction of a general manager with direct responsibility for all sales, marketing and product development activities.

To determine fair value, we considered two market-based approaches and an income approach. Under the market-based approaches, we utilized information regarding our own as well as publicly available industry information to determine earnings multiples and sales multiples. Under the income approach, we determined fair value based on estimated future cash flows of the reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. We determined the discounted cash flow as the best indicator to determine fair value.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates, operating margins, discount rates and future market conditions, among others. These assumptions are highly sensitive and changes in these estimates could result in impairment. Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the fair value calculations, we assumed that the current economic conditions would continue through fiscal year 2014, followed by a recovery thereafter. In addition, we applied gross margin assumptions consistent with our historical trends at various revenue levels and used an EBITDA exit multiple of 6.0 to calculate the terminal value of the reporting unit. In addition, we used a discount rate of 13.5% to calculate the fair value of our reporting unit.

 

95


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

We completed our annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, our reporting unit is the same as our reportable segment. Our assessment of goodwill impairment indicated that the fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and therefore goodwill was not impaired. The fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by 5%. The fair value of the reporting unit was reconciled to our current stock market capitalization plus an estimated control premium of approximately 60% as of December 31, 2012.

Since early November 2008, our stock market capitalization has at times been lower than our shareholders’ equity or book value. However, our reporting unit has continued to generate significant cash flows from operations, and we expect to continue to do so in fiscal 2014 and beyond. Furthermore, we believe that a reasonable potential buyer would offer a control premium for our business that would adequately cover the difference between our stock market capitalization and our book value.

We also completed our annual indefinite lived asset (NAMIC trademark) test as of December 31, 2012 using the income approach to determine fair value. Our assessment of the NAMIC trademark indicated that the fair value exceeded the carrying value and therefore the asset was not impaired.

Even though we determined that there was no goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2012, the future occurrence of a potential indicator of impairment, such as a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a material negative change in relationships with significant customers, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, loss of key personnel or a more-likely-than-not expectation that the reporting unit or a significant portion of the reporting unit will be sold or disposed of, would require an interim assessment for the reporting unit prior to the next required annual assessment as of December 31, 2013.

It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material. Events that could, in the future, result in impairment include, but are not limited to, declining sales for a significant product or in a significant geographic region.

Adjustments to goodwill for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Total  

Balance, May 31, 2011

   $ 161,951   

Goodwill recognized from Navilyst business combination

     146,961   
  

 

 

 

Balance, May 31, 2012

   $ 308,912   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill recognized from Vortex business combination

     29,519   

Goodwill recognized from Microsulis asset acquisition

     19,284   

Adjustments to Navilyst purchase price allocation

     (2,257
  

 

 

 

Balance, May 31, 2013

   $ 355,458   
  

 

 

 

The above $2.3 million reduction in the carrying value of goodwill is primarily the result of an $858,000 payment from former stockholders of Navilyst and a $1,560,000 increase in the value of deferred tax assets from the Navilyst acquisition, net of $161,000 of preacquisition Navilyst tax adjustments.

 

96


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

 

The balances of intangible assets are as follows:

 

     May 31, 2013  
     Gross carrying
value
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net carrying
value
     Weighted avg
useful life
 
     (in thousands)      (years)  

Product technologies

   $ 150,181       $ (24,835   $ 125,346         10.6   

Customer relationships

     84,479         (30,595     53,884         14.8   

Trademark—NAMIC

     28,600         —          28,600         Indefinite   

Licenses

     6,302         (4,501     1,801         9.0   

Trademarks

     6,275         (1,058     5,217         9.9   

Distributor relationships

     900         (900     —           3.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 276,737       $ (61,889   $ 214,848      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

     May 31, 2012  
     Gross carrying
value
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net carrying
value
     Weighted avg
useful life
 
     (in thousands)      (years)  

Customer relationships

   $ 82,205       $ (22,123   $ 60,082         11.7   

Product technologies

     55,540         (18,839     36,701         11.3   

Trademark—NAMIC

     28,600         —          28,600         Indefinite   

In process R&D Acquired

     15,042         —          15,042         Indefinite   

Licenses

     6,152         (3,711     2,441         9.1   

Trademarks

     4,575         (375     4,200         7.3   

Distributor relationships

     1,140         (940     200         2.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 193,254       $ (45,988   $ 147,266      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Amortization expense was $16.3 million, $9.4 million and $9.2 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Annual amortization of these intangible assets is expected to approximate the following amounts for each of the next five fiscal years (in thousands):

 

2014

   $ 15,198   

2015

     14,391   

2016

     15,498   

2017

     16,318   

2018

     17,523   

NOTE H—INCOME TAXES

The components of income (loss) before income tax provision for the years ended May 31 are as follows:

 

         2013             2012             2011      
     (in thousands)  

(Loss) income before tax provision:

      

US

   $ (2,670   $ (5,151   $ 10,076   

Non-US

     2,027        (131     622   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (643   $ (5,282   $ 10,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

Income tax (benefit) provision analyzed by category and by statement of operations classification for the years ended May 31 is summarized as follows:

 

         2013             2012             2011      
     (in thousands)  

Current

      

Federal

   $ (1,622   $ 448      $ 3,030   

State and local

     (52     (19     323   

Non U.S.

     468        18        142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,206     447        3,495   

Deferred

     1,175        (635     (914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (31   $ (188   $ 2,581   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant components of deferred income tax (benefit) expense from operations for the years ended May 31 consist of the following:

 

         2013              2012             2011      
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax benefit

   $ 1,175       $ (1,722   $ (4,092

Net operating loss carryforward

     —           1,087        3,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,175       $ (635   $ (914
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows:

 

     May 31, 2013     May 31, 2012  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets

    

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ 47,098      $ 45,707   

Stock-based compensation

     4,813        5,394   

Federal and state R&D tax credit carryforward

     490        629   

Inventories

     1,713        95   

State tax credits

     1,326        1,929   

Expenses incurred not currently deductible

     880        1,780   

Capital loss carryforwards

     95        371   

Deferred revenue

     1,147        1,256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax asset

     57,562        57,161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Excess tax over book depreciation and amortization

     39,252        11,820   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     39,252        11,844   

Valuation Allowance

     (712     (1,196
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 17,598      $ 44,121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

At May 31, 2013, we had approximately $166.5 million of remaining Federal net operating loss carryforwards and $181.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOL”) which were generated by acquired companies. These net operating losses are subject to Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 382 limitations which are expected to significantly limit our ability to utilize these net operating losses on an annual basis. As a result of our IRC Section 382 analyses, it is estimated that approximately $31.1 million of remaining Federal net operating losses and $27.2 million of state net operating losses will expire prior to utilization. The gross deferred income tax asset (“DTA”) related to the NOL reflects these limitations.

In order to ensure the realizability of our deferred tax assets, we need to generate $9.2 million of taxable income for the next ten years and then $5.4 million of taxable income for the final eight years of the remaining eighteen year carryforward period. If we are unable to meet these minimum taxable income levels, the deferred tax assets may still be utilized in future years if we can make up previous year taxable income short falls prior to the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards. We have determined that we have sufficient existing levels of pre-tax earnings to generate sufficient taxable income to realize the net deferred tax assets recorded on our balance sheets.

In order to support the realizability of our net deferred tax asset, we projected our pre-tax income utilizing a combination of historical and projected results. Utilizing this projected pre-tax income, we have projected taxable income taking into consideration existing levels of permanent differences including stock option exercise deductions and non-deductible expenses and the reversal of significant temporary differences.

Our Federal net operating loss carryforwards as of May 31, 2013 after considering IRC Section 382 limitations are $135.4 million. The expiration of the Federal net operating loss carryforwards are as follows: $20.8 million between 2017 and 2021, $9.9 million between 2022 and 2026 and $104.7 million between 2027 and 2031.

Our state net operating loss carryforwards as of May 31, 2013 after considering remaining IRC Section 382 limitations are $154.7 million which expire in various years from 2014 to 2031.

At May 31, 2013, we had $2.6 million of state credits which have an unlimited carryforward period. We have a deferred tax asset valuation allowance against $0.6 million of these credits because we do not expect to be able to utilize them.

At May 31, 2013, we had a net deferred income tax asset of $17.6 million, after recording a valuation allowance of $0.7 million. The valuation allowance decreased by $484,000 in 2013 and increased by $62,000 in 2012. The 2013 change relates to the use of fully reserved capital losses and the expiration of fully reserved state tax credits. The 2012 change relates to the use of fully reserved state tax credits due to a temporary change in state tax law offset by capital losses incurred in each year which were fully reserved. The valuation allowance recorded against the deferred tax assets relates to state tax credits, capital losses and state NOLs that management has estimated will more likely than not expire before they are expected to be utilized.

 

99


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

Our consolidated income tax provision has differed from the amount that would be provided by applying the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate to our income before income taxes for the following reasons:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Income tax (benefit) provision

   $ (31   $ (188   $ 2,581   

Effect of Graduated tax rates

     (6     (53     107   

State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

     (88     (158     99   

State income tax credits, net of Federal tax benefit

     23        69        300   

Impact of Non US operations

     228        (46     65   

Tax-exempt interest

     2        4        5   

Research and development tax credit

     142        115        549   

Domestic Production Activities deduction

     —          71        471   

Nondeductible acquisition costs

     (110     (1,144     —     

Nondeductible interest on contingent payments

     (130     —          —     

Nondeductible stock-based compensation

     (108     (125     (119

Other nondeductible expenses

     (336     (336     (323

Overaccrual (underaccrual) of prior year Federal and state taxes

     10        138        49   

Fully reserved capital losses

     179        (208     (19

Other

     —          12        (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) provision at statutory tax rate of 35%

   $ (225   $ (1,849   $ 3,744   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the twelve months ended May 31, 2013, we did not recognize any tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. Due to our unrecognized tax benefit being zero upon adoption, with no change since adoption, no “tabular reconciliation” of the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the period is being presented.

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within our global operations as a component of income tax expense. There were no accrued interest and penalties recognized in the consolidated balance sheet as of May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business we are subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed an examination of our federal income tax returns for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 in February 2009 which did not result in a material impact on our results of operations or financial position. During fiscal year 2012, New York State completed an examination of our New York State Franchise Tax returns for fiscal years 2005 to 2008. In relation to this examination, income tax expense in fiscal 2011 includes an out-of-period benefit of $300,000 to correct an error that originated in prior years related to certain state tax credits. We assessed the impact of this adjustment on the 2011 year and all prior periods and determined that the cumulative effect of the adjustments was not material to the full year 2011 and did not result in a material misstatement to any previously issued annual or quarterly financial statements. Additionally, as a result of the audit, we were able to claim state tax credits of $210,000 that are recorded in fiscal year 2012.

Fiscal years 2010 through 2013 remain open to examination by the various tax authorities. New York State is currently auditing Navilyst’s franchise tax filings for 2009 through 2011, we do not anticipate any material

 

100


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

adjustments will result. We analyzed filing positions in all of the Federal and state jurisdictions where we are required to file income taxes, as well as all open tax years in these jurisdictions and believe that our income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and we do not anticipate any adjustments will result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We do not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change in the next twelve months.

NOTE I—PREPAID ROYALTIES

On August 13, 2007, we entered into a Distribution, Manufacturing and Purchase Option Agreement (“the Agreement”) with a company to acquire the exclusive worldwide rights to manufacture and distribute a split tip catheter for the dialysis market we have named Centros which included the option to purchase certain intellectual property associated with these products in the future. Under this Agreement, we paid royalties on net sales of the products covered in the Agreement. In accordance with the Agreement, we prepaid $3.0 million of royalties based upon the achievement of certain milestones. At May 31, 2011, based on lower than anticipated sales results, we reduced the prepaid royalties to net realizable value which resulted in an impairment loss of $2.3 million recorded in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in our fiscal 2011 statement of operations. In August 2011, we sold both the tangible and intangible assets associated with the Centros product, resulting in a gain of $201 thousand that is included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net” in the statement of operations for the year ended May 31, 2012 and the elimination of all related “Prepaid Royalties” on the balance sheet as of May 31, 2012. We have entered into various other agreements that required royalty prepayments and these are reported in “Prepaid Royalties” on the May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012 balance sheets.

NOTE J—ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

     May 31,
2013
     May 31,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Payroll and related expenses

   $ 6,491       $ 5,674   

Royalties

     2,034         2,258   

Accrued severance

     1,602         2,087   

Deferred revenue

     1,573         3,138   

Sales and franchise taxes

     1,047         1,092   

Interest rate swap liability

     523         —     

Other

     3,156         4,473   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,426       $ 18,722   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE K—LONG-TERM DEBT

Bank Credit Agreement

In connection with the Navilyst acquisition, we entered into a Credit Agreement with a group of banks which provided a $150 million senior secured term loan facility and a $50 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The $150 million in proceeds from the term loan were used to finance a portion of the consideration for

 

101


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

the acquisition. The revolving facility may be used for general corporate purposes and was undrawn at May 31, 2013. Both facilities have five year maturities. The term facility has a quarterly repayment schedule equal to 5%, 5%, 15%, 25% and 50% of its principal amount in years one through five. The credit agreement contains certain financial covenants relating to fixed charge coverage and leverage, as defined, with which we were in compliance at May 31, 2013. Amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by all our assets. Interest on both the term loan and the revolving loan is based on a base rate or Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin with increases as our total leverage ratio increases, and with the base rate and Eurodollar rate have ranges of 1.0% to 1.75% and 2.0% to 2.75% respectively. In the event of default, the interest rate may be increased by 2.0%. The revolving facility will also carry a commitment fee of 0.30% to 0.50% per year on the unused portion. As of May 31, 2013, net deferred financing costs of $1.95 million are recorded as a component of other assets on the balance sheet and are being amortized over the remaining life of the related debt.

In June 2012, we entered in an interest rate swap agreement, with an initial notional amount of $100 million, to limit the effect of rising of interest rates. The Swap Agreement, which qualifies for hedge accounting under authoritative guidance, is a contract to exchange floating interest rate payments for fixed interest rate payments on the outstanding balance of the loan over the life of the agreement without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts. The Swap Agreement provides for a fixed rate of 0.74% above the applicable rate provided for in the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement includes, among other standard provisions, two financial covenants. The first financial covenant requires us to maintain, as of the end of each of our fiscal quarters, a ratio of (i) consolidated EBITDA minus consolidated capital expenditures to (ii) consolidated interest expense paid or payable in cash plus scheduled principal payments in respect of indebtedness under the Credit Agreement of not less than 1.75 to 1.00. The second financial covenant requires us to maintain, as of the end of each of our fiscal quarters, a ratio of consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA of not more than the applicable ratios as set forth in the Credit Agreement. We were in compliance with both financial covenants as of May 31, 2013.

Industrial Revenue Bonds

In September 2002, we borrowed $3,130,000 in Industrial Revenue Bonds and entered into an interest rate swap agreement, both of which were repaid in May 2012.

Taxable Adjustable Rate Notes

In December 2006, we borrowed $5,000,000 in Tax Adjustable Rate Notes and entered into an interest rate swap agreement, both of which were repaid in May 2012.

Following is a summary of long-term debt (in thousands):

 

     May 31, 2013     May 31, 2012  

Bank Notes

   $ 142,500      $ 150,000   

Less: current maturities

     (7,500     (7,500
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 135,000      $ 142,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

At May 31, 2013, future minimum principal payments on long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):

 

2014

   $ 7,500   

2015

     22,500   

2016

     37,500   

2017

     75,000   
  

 

 

 
   $ 142,500   
  

 

 

 

NOTE L—RETIREMENT PLANS

We have a 401(k) plan under which eligible employees can defer a portion of their compensation, part of which is matched by us. Matching contributions were $2.5 million, $2.0 million and $1.8 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE M—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

1. Capitalization

On February 27, 2004, our Board of Directors and the Former Parent, as sole stockholder, approved our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended Certificate”). Under the Amended Certificate, the authorized capital stock is 50,000,000 shares, consisting of 45,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share. Pursuant to the Amended Certificate, (i) each share of voting common stock, $1 par value and (ii) each share of non-voting common stock, $1 par value was reclassified and exchanged into 9,200 shares of issued, fully paid, non-assessable common stock for a total of 9,200,000 shares to be then outstanding.

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held. Subject to preferences applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for dividend payments. If we liquidate, dissolve, or wind up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no pre-emptive rights or rights to convert their common stock into any other securities. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Our board of directors has the authority to (i) issue the undesignated preferred stock in one or more series, (ii) determine the powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly un-issued series of undesignated preferred stock and (iii) fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of the series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders.

Shares issued in Navilyst Acquisition

On May 22, 2012, a portion of the acquisition and related transaction costs of the Navilyst acquisition were financed through the issuance of approximately 9.5 million shares to investment funds affiliated with Avista Capital Partners, former owners of Navilyst, and as of May 31, 2013 they hold approximately 27% of our outstanding shares.

 

103


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

Share Repurchase Program

On October 5, 2011, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20 million of our common stock, prior to May 31, 2012. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2012, we purchased 142,305 shares at a cost of approximately $2.1 million. This repurchase program was not in effect during fiscal 2013.

2. Stock Options

We have two stock-based compensation plans. These plans provide for the issuance of up to approximately 5.8 million shares of common stock.

1997 Stock Option Plan

In 1997, we adopted a Stock Option Plan (the “1997 Plan”). The 1997 Plan provided for the grant to key employees of both nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options and to members of the Board of Directors and consultants of nonqualified stock options. A total of 1,497,674 shares of our common stock were available to be issued under the 1997 Plan pursuant to the exercise of options. All stock options were to have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. Options are exercisable over a period of time to be designated by the administrators of the 1997 Plan (but not more than 10 years from the date of grant) and are subject to such other terms and conditions as the administrators may determine. The vesting schedule is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. Options are exercisable immediately upon vesting. In addition, all options, whether vested or not, become exercisable in full immediately upon a change of control, as defined under the 1997 Plan. The 1997 Plan terminated in March 2007 and as such, no further options will be granted under this plan.

2004 Stock and Incentive Award Plan

The 2004 Stock and Incentive Award Plan (the “2004 Plan”) provides for the grant of incentive options to our employees and for the grant of non-statutory stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units, performance shares and other incentive awards to our employees, directors and other service providers. A total of 5,750,000 shares of our common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan, of which up to 800,000 shares may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors administers the 2004 Plan. The committee determines vesting terms and the exercise price of options granted under the 2004 Plan, but for all incentive stock options the exercise price must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years.

On October 5, 2011, we amended the 2004 Stock and Incentive Award Plan to increase the maximum number of shares of our common stock with respect to which stock options may be granted during any calendar year to one employee from 200,000 shares to 500,000 shares.

 

104


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

Stock Option Activity:

The following schedule summarizes our stock option activity as of and for the years ended May 31, 2013, May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011:

 

    2013     2012     2011  
    Shares     Weighted-
average
exercise
price
    Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
    Aggregate
intrinsic
value (in
thousands)
    Shares     Weighted-
average
exercise
price
    Shares     Weighted-
average
exercise
price
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

    2,985,192      $ 15.69            2,680,390      $ 15.96        2,624,114      $ 16.22   

Granted

    406,700      $ 11.40            1,434,000      $ 13.70        503,000      $ 15.37   

Exercised

    (16,835   $ 11.15            (193,684   $ 14.22        (106,858   $ 15.89   

Forfeited

    (589,787   $ 17.45            (917,126   $ 14.22        (335,300   $ 17.94   

Expired

    (16,342   $ 15.69            (18,388   $ 24.44        (4,566   $ 48.51   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Outstanding at end of year

    2,768,928      $ 14.84        4.56      $ 19,524        2,985,192      $ 15.69        2,680,390      $ 15.96   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Options exercisable at year-end

    1,601,028      $ 16.12        4.54      $ 13,384        1,678,559      $ 17.01        1,637,945      $ 16.76   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Options expected to vest in future periods

    1,069,119      $ 13.31        5.55      $ 5,607        1,075,473      $ 14.19        830,552      $ 15.25   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended May 31, is as follows:

 

     2013      2012      2011  

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

   $ 4.19       $ 5.62       $ 6.83   

On May 31, 2013, there remained approximately 2.0 million shares available for granting of options under the 2004 Plan. Options are exercisable into common stock.

All of our options were granted at exercise prices equal to the quoted market price of our common stock at the date of the grants. Options under these grants vest 25% per year over four years for employees and 100% after one year for consultants. Initial grants to directors vest 25% per year over four years and subsequent grants to directors vest 33 1/3 % per year over three years. Options granted prior to May 1, 2007 expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. Options granted on or after May 1, 2007, expire on the seventh anniversary of the grant date. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.1 million, $2.2 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended May 31, 2013, May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011, respectively. We generally issue authorized but unissued shares upon stock option exercises and the settlement of performance share awards and restricted stock units.

 

105


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

The fair value of the options granted under the 1997 and 2004 Plans was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model assuming no expected dividends and the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Expected stock price volatility

     43.91     49.06     52.39

Risk-free interest rate

     0.62     0.70     1.33

Expected life of options

     4.62 years        4.59 years        4.63 years   

The following information applies to options outstanding at May 31, 2013:

 

Range of exercise prices

   Number
outstanding
     Weighted-
average
remaining
life in
years
     Weighted-
average
exercise
price
     Number
Exercisable
     Weighted-
average
exercise
price
 

$  6.52 - $11.93

     286,756         4.94       $ 10.57         71,056       $ 10.52   

$12.06 - $12.97

     364,361         5.85         12.40         85,361         12.47   

$13.18 - $13.85

     465,931         4.24         13.36         265,642         13.36   

$13.92 - $14.31

     430,000         5.21         13.95         119,167         13.98   

$14.48 - $15.57

     372,566         3.03         15.32         288,566         15.27   

$15.75 - $16.58

     370,564         3.45         16.13         292,486         16.19   

$16.75 - $19.94

     285,580         2.02         18.19         285,580         18.19   

$20.06 - $31.33

     193,170         2.11         23.05         193,170         23.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,768,928         4.56       $ 14.84         1,601,028       $ 16.12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3. Performance Share and Restricted Stock Unit Awards

We grant restricted stock units and performance share awards to certain employees under the 2004 Plan. The performance criteria is established by the compensation committee for vesting of the performance share awards and may include factors such as the achievement of certain sales, operating income and earnings per share (“EPS”) goals. Performance share awards are subject to additional conditions, including the recipient’s continued employment with us. The restricted stock unit awards vest in equal annual installments over the term of the grants. Unvested restricted stock unit awards will be forfeited if the recipient ceases to be employed by us, competes with our business or otherwise engages in activities detrimental to our business before such date. The performance share awards and restricted stock units settle in shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.

 

106


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

We value performance share and restricted stock unit awards based on the closing trading value of our shares on the date of grant. We recognize the compensation cost related to our non-vested stock awards ratably over the requisite service period, or over the performance period when performance award metrics are expected to be achieved, which is consistent with the treatment prior to the adoption of authoritative guidance on share based payment awards.

 

     Non-Vested Stock
Award Units
    Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair  Value
 

Balance as of May 31, 2012

     353,895      $ 14.12   

Granted

     313,247        10.79   

Cancelled

     (73,479     12.73   

Vested

     (111,019     14.24   
  

 

 

   

Balance as of May 31, 2013

     482,644        12.14   
  

 

 

   

The total fair value of restricted stock awards vesting was $1.2 million, $0.9 million, and $1.1 million for the years ended May 31, 2013, May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011, respectively.

4. Unrecognized Compensation Cost:

Under the provisions of authoritative guidance on share based payment awards, we expect to recognize the following future expense for awards outstanding as of May 31, 2013 ($ in thousands):

 

     Unrecognized
Compensation
Cost
     Weighted Average
Remaining Vesting
Period (in years)
 

Stock Options

   $ 4,596         2.39   

Non-vested stock awards

     4,091         2.54   
  

 

 

    
   $ 8,687         2.45   
  

 

 

    

Unrecognized compensation cost for stock options is presented net of 12% assumed annual forfeitures.

5. Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”) provides a means by which our employees (the “participants”) are given an opportunity to purchase our common stock through payroll deductions. The maximum number of shares to be offered under the Stock Purchase Plan is 1,200,000 shares of our common stock, subject to any increase authorized by the Board of Directors. Shares are offered through two purchase periods, each with duration of approximately 6 months, commencing on the first business day of the first and third fiscal quarters. An employee is eligible to participate in an offering period if, on the first day of an offering period, he or she has been employed in a full-time capacity for at least six months, with a customary working schedule of 20 or more hours per week and more than five months in a calendar year. Employees who own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock are not eligible to participate in the Stock Purchase Plan. The purchase price of the shares of common stock acquired on each purchase date will be the lower of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first day of the offering period or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the last day of the purchase period, subject to adjustments made by the Board of Directors. The Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

107


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the purchase date fair value of the shares issued under the Stock Purchase Plan and recognize expense related to shares purchased ratably over the offering period.

For the years ended May 31, 2013, May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011, 123,556, 103,362 and 84,927 shares, respectively, were issued at an average price of $9.80, $11.62 and $13.01, respectively, under the Stock Purchase Plan. As of May 31, 2013, 570,170 shares remained available for future purchases under the Stock Purchase Plan.

For fiscal 2013, stock based compensation was $4.6 million pre-tax ($3.1 million after tax). For fiscal 2012, stock based compensation was $4.1 million pre-tax ($2.7 million after tax). For fiscal 2011, stock based compensation was $4.6 million pre-tax ($2.9 million after tax).

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation in accordance with authoritative guidance on share based payment awards for the years ended May 31, 2013, May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011, which was allocated as follows:

 

     May 31,
2013
     May 31,
2012
     May 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Cost of sales

   $ 271       $ 268       $ 227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development

     399         738         702   

Sales and marketing

     1,610         1,340         1,439   

General and administrative

     2,329         1,744         2,241   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock based compensation expense included in operating expenses

     4,338         3,822         4,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock based compensation

     4,609         4,090         4,609   

Tax benefit

     1,540         1,386         1,677   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock based compensation expense, net of tax

   $ 3,069       $ 2,704       $ 2,932   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE N—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

We are committed under non-cancelable operating leases for facilities and equipment. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, aggregate rental costs under all operating leases were approximately $2.5 million, $3.1 million and $3.1 million, respectively. Future annual payments under non-cancelable operating leases in the aggregate, of which one includes an escalation clause, with initial remaining terms of more than one year at May 31, 2013, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

2014

   $  2,132   

2015

     1,909   

2016

     1,373   

2017

     982   

2018 +

     2,594   
  

 

 

 
   $ 8,990   
  

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

Litigation Matters

AngioDynamics v. biolitec

On January 2, 2008, we commenced an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of New York entitled AngioDynamics, Inc. v. biolitec, Inc. In this action, we are seeking judgment against biolitec for defense and indemnification in two lawsuits which we previously settled. Our claims arise out of a Supply and Distribution Agreement (“SDA”) entered into with biolitec on April 1, 2002. On September 27, 2011, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of New York granted key portions of our motion for summary judgment in our legal case against biolitec. The Court’s order was filed under seal. The Court also dismissed biolitec’s counterclaims against us. The court denied one portion of our summary judgment motion, which sought to recover additional costs from biolitec, leaving this for adjudication at trial. On November 8, 2012, the Court granted partial judgment to us in the amount of $23.2 million.

In October 2009, we commenced an action in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts entitled AngioDynamics, Inc. v. biolitec AG and Wolfgang Neuberger. The Complaint in this action was amended in March 2010. This action seeks to recover against biolitec, Inc.’s parent entities and CEO for tortiously interfering with biolitec, Inc.’s contractual obligation to defend and indemnify us, and also seeks to pierce the corporate veil of biolitec, Inc. and to invalidate certain alleged fraudulent transfers in order to hold biolitec, Inc.’s parent entities jointly and severally liable for the alleged breach of the SDA. This case is currently in the discovery phase. On September 13, 2012, the Massachusetts Court granted our request for a preliminary injunction prohibiting the downstream merger of biolitec AG with its Austrian subsidiary. On April 1, 2013, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit affirmed the preliminary injunction.

We will continue to vigorously enforce our rights under the supply agreement with biolitec.

C.R. Bard, Inc. v. AngioDynamics, Inc.

On January 11, 2012, C.R. Bard, Inc. filed a suit in the United States District Court of Utah claiming certain of our implantable port products infringe on patents held by them. Bard is seeking unspecified damages and other relief. The Court denied Bard’s motion for pre-trial consolidation with separate actions it filed on the same day against Medical Components, Inc. and Smiths Medical ASD, Inc., but has asked for supplemental briefing on the issue of whether to conduct a common Markman hearing. We filed petitions for reexamination in the US Patent and Trademark Office which seek to invalidate all three patents asserted in the litigation. Our petitions have been granted and 40 of 41 patent claims have been rejected. The reexamination proceedings are on-going. The case has been stayed pending final resolution of the PTO process. We believe these claims are without merit and intend to defend them vigorously. We have not recorded an expense related to the outcome of this litigation because it is not yet possible to determine if a potential loss is probable nor reasonably estimable.

Cardinal Health v. Navilyst Medical, Inc.

On December 21, 2011, Cardinal Health Canada 204, Inc. (Cardinal Health) filed a demand for arbitration pursuant to the terms of the International Distributorship Agreement entered into as of November 1, 2008 between Navilyst and Cardinal Health. Cardinal Health claims that it is entitled to damages based on Navilyst’s decision to terminate the International Distributorship Agreement. The parties have entered into a written stipulation to stay the proceedings in this matter pending the outcome of a related litigation brought by Cardinal health against three of our current and former employees (all of whom are former employees of Cardinal Health) in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice (Cardinal Health Canada, Inc. vs. Alexander, Sohi & Campbell, Superior Court of Justice, Ontario, Canada, No. CV-11-440418 (the Ontario Litigation). If this matter proceeds following

 

109


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

the stay, we intend to deny the allegations contained in the demand for arbitration and to advance counterclaims against Cardinal Health. Navilyst entered into a joint defense agreement with the defendants in the Ontario Litigation, pursuant to which Navilyst agreed, subject to certain conditions, to indemnify the defendants for all legal fees relating to the Ontario Litigation as well as any damages or cost awards arising out of the Ontario Litigation. While we intend to vigorously defend against these actions, each of these cases is in the preliminary stages and, as a result, the ultimate outcome of these cases and their potential financial impact are not determinable at this time.

Cirrex Systems LLC v. AngioDynamics, Inc.

On May 21, 2012, Cirrex Systems LLC filed a suit in the United States District Court of Georgia claiming that certain of our endovenous ablation products infringe a patent held by them. Cirrex was seeking unspecified damages and other relief. On October 3, 2012, we filed an answer denying infringement, asserting various affirmative defenses, and asserting counterclaims for a declaratory judgment of non-infringement and invalidity. On December 7, 2012, Cirrex voluntarily dismissed the suit.

Joseph Pierre v. AngioDynamics, Inc.

In July 2011, a former employee dual-filed a complaint with the New York State Division of Human Rights and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, entitled Joseph Pierre v. AngioDynamics, Inc. In this action, the former employee is alleging discrimination due to his status as an African-American, in light of him being reassigned to another project. At the conclusion of its investigation, the Division issued a finding of “no probable cause” on January 6, 2012 and dismissed the complaint. The complainant did not appeal the decision to preserve his New York Human Rights Law claims. On February 22, 2012, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission issued its determination adopting the decision of the Division and dismissing the charge. The complainant filed a federal claim following the EEOC’s decision in the United States District Court for the Northern District of New York on May 21, 2012. This complaint makes the same allegations of discrimination, and alleges causes of action under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act and 42 U.S.C. 1981. We believe these claims are without merit and intend to defend them vigorously. We have not recorded an expense related to the outcome of this litigation because it is not yet possible to determine if a potential loss is probable nor reasonably estimable.

We are party to other legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business. We believe that any liability resulting from any currently pending litigation will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Future Purchase Obligations

We have entered into commitments for future minimum inventory purchases related to several core products. Total future purchase obligations for fiscal years ending May 31 are as follows: $3.7 million in 2014, $0.4 million in 2015 and $0.4 million in 2017. There are no such obligations in fiscal 2016.

 

110


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

NOTE O—SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Segment information

Effective June 1, 2012, we consider our business to be a single segment entity – the development, manufacture and sale on a global basis of medical devices for vascular access, surgery, peripheral vascular disease and oncology. Our chief operating decision maker (CEO) evaluates the various global product portfolios on a net sales basis. Executives reporting in to the CEO include those responsible for operations and supply chain management, research and development, sales, franchise marketing and certain corporate functions. The CEO evaluates profitability, investment and cash flow metrics on a consolidated worldwide basis due to shared infrastructure and resources. Prior to fiscal year 2013, our business was organized as two segments: Vascular and Oncology/Surgery, each under the direction of a general manager with direct responsibility for all sales, marketing and product development activities.

 

     Twelve months ended  
     May 31,
2013
     May 31,
2012
     May 31,
2011
 

Net Sales by Product Category

        

Peripheral Vascular

   $ 188,181       $ 95,200       $ 86,992   

Access

     106,690         63,857         62,530   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vascular

     294,871         159,057         149,522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Oncology/Surgery

     47,155         62,730         66,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 342,026       $ 221,787       $ 215,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Geographic information

Total sales for geographic areas are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended  
     May 31,
2013
     May 31,
2012
     May 31,
2011
 

Net sales by Geography

        

United States

   $ 274,836       $ 188,187       $ 188,879   

International

     67,190         33,600         26,871   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 342,026       $ 221,787       $ 215,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We market our products internationally through a direct sales force and independent distributors. The international distributors may also distribute competitive products under certain circumstances. The international distributors also play an important role in our clinical testing outside of the United States. The loss of any international distributor would not have a material adverse effect on our business if a new distributor, sales representative or other suitable sales organization could not be found on a timely basis. For fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, International sales as a percentage of total net sales were 20%, 15% and 12%, respectively. Sales to any one country outside the U.S., as determined by shipment destination, did not comprise a material portion of our net sales in any of the last three fiscal years. 99% of our total assets are located within the United States.

 

111


Table of Contents

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

May 31, 2013 and May 31, 2012

 

NOTE P—QUARTERLY INFORMATION (unaudited)

Quarterly results of operations during 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

     2013  
     First
quarter
    Second
quarter
     Third
quarter
    Fourth
quarter
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Net sales

   $ 83,406      $ 87,007       $ 81,571      $ 90,042   

Gross profit

     39,459        44,088         41,201        44,241   

Net income (loss)

     (721     1,969         (992     (868

Earnings per common share

         

Basic

     (0.02     0.06         (0.03     (0.03

Diluted

     (0.02     0.06         (0.03     (0.03

 

     2012  
     First
quarter
     Second
quarter
     Third
quarter
    Fourth
quarter
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Net sales

   $ 54,431       $ 58,099       $ 51,567      $ 57,690   

Gross profit

     32,146         33,231         29,414        31,168   

Net income (loss)

     1,373         2,329         (1,768     (7,028

Earnings per common share

          

Basic

     0.05         0.09         (0.07     (0.27

Diluted

     0.05         0.09         (0.07     (0.27

The data in the schedules above has been intentionally rounded to the nearest thousand and therefore the quarterly amounts may not sum to the fiscal year to date amounts.

The first quarter results for fiscal 2013 included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net”, $2.2 million in transaction and related costs of the Navilyst acquisition and $337 thousand in costs associated with the decision to close our UK facility. The 2013 second quarter results included $1.7 million for Navilyst transaction costs, $476 thousand for the UK closure costs, $425 thousand in litigation costs and $325 thousand in costs related to the Vortex acquisition, offset by $770 thousand gain on sale of a product line. The 2013 third quarter results included $1.6 million in costs related to the discontinuance of a product line, $1.3 million in Navilyst transaction costs, $920 thousand for the UK closure costs, $901 thousand in litigation costs and $414 thousand in transaction costs of the Vortex and Microsulis acquisitions. The 2013 fourth quarter results included $2.1 million for Navilyst transaction costs, $717 thousand in UK closure costs, and $580 thousand in litigation costs.

The fourth quarter results for fiscal 2012 included in “Acquisition, restructuring and other items, net”, $16.2 million of expenses primarily comprised of $11.2 million in transaction and related costs of the Navilyst acquisition, $2.3 million in costs for CEO and executive transitions, $1.8 million in costs associated with the decision to close our UK facility, $600 thousand in costs related to the Microsulis arrangement and $465 thousand related to C.R. Bard patent litigation.

 

112


Table of Contents
SCHEDULE

AngioDynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

     SCHEDULE II -VALUATION AND QUALIFYING  ACCOUNTS  
     (in thousands)  

Column A

       Column B              Column C              Column D             Column E  

Description

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Additions -
Charged  to
costs and
expenses
     Deductions-
describe
        Balance at
End of Period
 

Year Ended May 31, 2011

            

Allowance for deferred tax asset

     1,162         27         (55       1,134   

Allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts

     558         4,202         (4,275   (a)     485   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 1,720       $ 4,229       $ (4,330     $ 1,619   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Year Ended May 31, 2012

            

Allowance for deferred tax asset

     1,134         208         (146       1,196   

Allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts

     485         4,859         (4,411   (a)     933   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 1,619       $ 5,067       $ (4,557     $ 2,129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Year Ended May 31, 2013

            

Allowance for deferred tax asset

     1,196                 (484   (b)     712   

Allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts

     933         4,134         (3,795   (a)     1,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 2,129       $ 4,134       $ (4,279     $ 1,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(a) Previously reserved sales returns and accounts written off as uncollectible.
(b) Use of fully reserved capital losses and expiration of fully reserved state tax credits.

 

 

113


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    ANGIODYNAMICS, INC.
Date:    August 14, 2013   By:  

/S/    VINCENT BUCCI        

     

Vincent Bucci,

Chairman of the Board, Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    VINCENT BUCCI        

        Vincent Bucci,
        Chairman of the Board, Director
Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    JOSEPH M. DEVIVO        

        Joseph M. DeVivo
       

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    MARK T. FROST        

        Mark T. Frost
       

Executive Vice President—Chief Financial Officer,

Treasurer (Principal Financial and Chief Accounting Officer)

Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    WESLEY E. JOHNSON, JR.        

        Wesley E. Johnson, Jr.,
        Director
Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    HOWARD W. DONNELLY        

        Howard W. Donnelly,
        Director
Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    JEFFREY G. GOLD        

        Jeffrey G. Gold,
        Director
Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    DENNIS S. METENY        

        Dennis S. Meteny,
        Director
Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    STEVE LAPORTE        

        Steve LaPorte,
        Director
Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    KEVIN GOULD        

        Kevin Gould,
        Director
Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    DAVID BURGSTAHLER        

        David Burgstahler,
        Director
Date:    August 14, 2013  

/S/    SRIRAM VENKATARAMAN        

        Sriram Venkataraman,
        Director

 

114


Table of Contents

EXHIBITS

 

(b)

  

Exhibits

2.1    Master Separation and Distribution Agreement, effective as of May 2004, between E-Z-EM, Inc. and AngioDynamics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1/A , filed with the Commission on May 12, 2004).
2.2    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 12, 2006, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc., Oncobionic, Inc. and the shareholders of Oncobionic, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission on January 11, 2007).
2.3    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 27, 2006, by and among AngioDynamics, Inc., Royal I, LLC and RITA Medical Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the Commission on December 8, 2006).
2.4    Amendment No. 1, dated December 7, 2006, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 27, 2006, by and among AngioDynamics, Inc., Royal I, LLC and RITA Medical Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex E of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the Commission on December 8, 2006).
2.5    Amendment No. 2, dated January 16, 2007, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 27, 2006, by and among AngioDynamics, Inc., Royal I, LLC and RITA Medical Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 16, 2007).
2.6    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 9, 2008, by and between Diomed Holdings, Inc. and Diomed, Inc., as sellers and AngioDynamics, Inc., as Buyer (We agree to furnish to the Commission, upon request, a copy of each exhibit to this Asset Purchase Agreement).
2.7    Sale of the Business and Assets of Diomed Limited (in administration), dated April 10, 2008, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc., Diomed Limited (in administration) and Steve Law (as administrator) (We agree to furnish to the Commission, upon request, a copy of each exhibit to this Stock Purchase Agreement).
2.8    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among AngioDynamics, Inc., NM Holding Company, Inc. (“Navilyst”), the stockholders of Navilyst who are, or will be before the closing set forth on the signature pages thereto, solely with respect to, and as specified in, Sections 2.4 and 7.11(b) thereof, the Optionholders who execute joinder agreements thereto, and, solely with respect to, and as specified in, Section 2.6 and Article XII thereof, Avista Capital Partners GP, LLC, in its capacity as sellers’ representative (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 3, 2012).
2.9    Stockholders Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, among AngioDynamics, Inc. and the stockholders set forth on the signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 25, 2012).
2.10    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2012, by and among AngioDynamics, Inc., Vortex Medical, Inc. (“Vortex”), the stockholders of Vortex set forth on the signature pages thereto, the optionholders of Vortex set forth on the signature pages thereto and CHTP Management Services, Inc., as sellers’ representative (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on October 12, 2012).
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission on October 7, 2005).
3.2    Amended and Restated By-laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission on October 7, 2005).

 

115


Table of Contents
4.1    Rights Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2004, between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Registrar & Transfer Company, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s registration statement on Form 8-A, filed with the Commission on October 27, 2004).
4.2    Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock of AngioDynamics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on November 28, 2006).
4.3    First Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Registrar and Transfer Company, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 3, 2012).
4.4    Credit Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among AngioDynamics, Inc., the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Keybank National Association as co-syndication agents, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Keybank National Association as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 25, 2012).
4.5    Except as set forth in Exhibit 4.4 above, the instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of the Company and its subsidiaries have been omitted. We agree to furnish to the Commission, upon request, a copy of each instrument with respect to issuances of long term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries.
10.1.1    AngioDynamics, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended by the Board and Shareholders on February 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, filed on March 5, 2004).
10.1.2    AngioDynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Award Plan (as amended) (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Commission on September 10, 2012).
10.2    AngioDynamics, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended) (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Commission on September 10, 2012).
10.3    Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the AngioDynamics, Inc. Stock and Incentive Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission on October 12, 2004).
10.4    Form of Performance Share Award Agreement pursuant to the AngioDynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on May 12, 2005).
10.5    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement pursuant to the AngioDynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on May 12, 2005).
10.6    Rita Medical Systems, Inc. 1994 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Rita Medical Systems registration statement on Form S-1, filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000)
10.7    Horizon Medical Products, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Horizon Medical Products’ registration statement on Form S-1, filed with the Commission on February 13, 1998.
10.8    Rita Medical Systems, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Rita Medical Systems registration statement on Form S-1/A, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2000).

 

116


Table of Contents
10.9    Rita Medical Systems, Inc. 2000 Directors’ Stock Plan, as amended on June 8, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of Rita Medical System’s registration statement on Form S-8, filed with the Commission on July 8, 2005).
10.10    Rita Medical Systems, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Rita Medical System’s registration statement on Form S-8, filed with the Commission on July 8, 2005).
10.11    Form of Indemnification Agreement of AngioDynamics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on May 12, 2006).
10.12.1    Form of Severance Agreement of AngioDynamics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on form 8-K, filed with the Commission on October 31, 2007).
10.12.2    Form of Severance Agreement of AngioDynamics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 8, 2009).
10.13    Building Loan Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2002, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Keybank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, filed with the Commission on March 5, 2004).
10.14    Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2002, from Counties of Warren and Washington Industrial Development Agency, as Issuer, and AngioDynamics, Inc. to Keybank National Association for the holders of the Issuer’s Multimode Variable Rate Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, filed with the Commission on March 5, 2004).
10.15    Installment Sale Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2002, by and between Counties of Warren and Washington Industrial Development Agency and AngioDynamics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, filed with the Commission on March 5, 2004).
10.16    Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2002, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Keybank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, filed with the Commission on March 5, 2004).
10.17    First Amendment to the Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2003, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Keybank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, filed with the Commission on March 5, 2004).
10.18    Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2006, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Keybanc Capital Markets (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the Commission on August 14, 2008).
10.19    Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2006, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Keybank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the Commission on August 14, 2008).
10.20    Offer Letter for the Chief Executive Officer, dated January 19, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 23, 2009).
10.21    Form of Change in Control Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on May 19, 2011).
10.22    Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Jan Keltjens, dated January 19, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 23, 2009).

 

117


Table of Contents
10.23    Restricted Stock Agreement, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Jan Keltjens, dated January 19, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 23, 2009).
10.24    Employment Agreement, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Eamonn Hobbs, dated January 20, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 23, 2009).
10.25    Consulting Agreement, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Eamonn Hobbs, dated January 20, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 23, 2009).
10.26    Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Eamonn Hobbs, dated January 20, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 23, 2009).
10.27.1    Employment Agreement, dated August 15, 2011, between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Joseph M. DeVivo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on August 16, 2011, 2011).
10.27.2    Change in Control Agreement, dated August 15, 2011, between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Joseph M. DeVivo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on August 16, 2011, 2011).
10.28    AngioDynamics, Inc. Fiscal Year 2011 Senior Executive Cash Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed with the commission on August 12, 2011).
10.29    AngioDynamics, Inc. Fiscal Year 2011 Senior Executive Equity Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed with the commission on August 12, 2011).
10.30    AngioDynamics, Inc. Fiscal Year 2012 Senior Executive Cash Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed with the commission on August 12, 2011).
10.31    AngioDynamics, Inc. Fiscal Year 2012 Senior Executive Equity Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed with the commission on August 12, 2011).
10.32    Separation and General Release, by and between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Jan Keltjens, dated June 13, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2011).
10.33    Escrow Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among AngioDynamics, Inc., Avista Capital Partners GP, LLC, as sellers’ representative, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as escrow agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 25, 2012).
10.34    Retirement and Separation Agreement and General Release, dated November 19, 2012, between AngioDynamics, Inc. and D. Joseph Gersuk (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on November 21, 2012).
10.35    Change in Control Agreement, effective November 30, 2012, between AngioDynamics, Inc. and Mark T. Frost (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on November 21, 2012).
14    Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on May 12, 2006).

 

118


Table of Contents
21    Subsidiaries.
23    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.
31.1    Certification by the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2    Certification by the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1    Certification by the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2    Certification by the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH    XBRL Schema Document
101.CAL    XBRL Calculation Linkbase Documents
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB    XBRL Labels Linkbase Documents
101.PRE    XBRL Presentation Linkbase Documents

 

119